Annotation of win32/pcre/pcre_compile.c, revision 1.1

1.1     ! misha       1: /*************************************************
        !             2: *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
        !             3: *************************************************/
        !             4: 
        !             5: /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
        !             6: and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
        !             7: 
        !             8:                        Written by Philip Hazel
        !             9:            Copyright (c) 1997-2008 University of Cambridge
        !            10: 
        !            11: -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        !            12: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
        !            13: modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
        !            14: 
        !            15:     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
        !            16:       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
        !            17: 
        !            18:     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
        !            19:       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
        !            20:       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
        !            21: 
        !            22:     * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
        !            23:       contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
        !            24:       this software without specific prior written permission.
        !            25: 
        !            26: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
        !            27: AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
        !            28: IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
        !            29: ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
        !            30: LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
        !            31: CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
        !            32: SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
        !            33: INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
        !            34: CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
        !            35: ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
        !            36: POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
        !            37: -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        !            38: */
        !            39: 
        !            40: 
        !            41: /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
        !            42: supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
        !            43: 
        !            44: 
        !            45: #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
        !            46: #include "config.h"
        !            47: #endif
        !            48: 
        !            49: #define NLBLOCK cd             /* Block containing newline information */
        !            50: #define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
        !            51: #define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
        !            52: 
        !            53: #include "pcre_internal.h"
        !            54: 
        !            55: 
        !            56: /* When DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is also
        !            57: used by pcretest. DEBUG is not defined when building a production library. */
        !            58: 
        !            59: #ifdef DEBUG
        !            60: #include "pcre_printint.src"
        !            61: #endif
        !            62: 
        !            63: 
        !            64: /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
        !            65: 
        !            66: #define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8))
        !            67: 
        !            68: /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
        !            69: holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
        !            70: INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
        !            71: to check them every time. */
        !            72: 
        !            73: #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
        !            74: 
        !            75: 
        !            76: /*************************************************
        !            77: *      Code parameters and static tables         *
        !            78: *************************************************/
        !            79: 
        !            80: /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
        !            81: first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
        !            82: is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
        !            83: soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
        !            84: does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
        !            85: so this number is very generous.
        !            86: 
        !            87: The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
        !            88: remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
        !            89: end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
        !            90: is 4 there is plenty of room. */
        !            91: 
        !            92: #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (4096)
        !            93: 
        !            94: 
        !            95: /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
        !            96: are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
        !            97: on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
        !            98: is invalid. */
        !            99: 
        !           100: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems */
        !           101: static const short int escapes[] = {
        !           102:      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,   /* 0 - 7 */
        !           103:      0,      0,    ':',    ';',    '<',    '=',    '>',    '?',   /* 8 - ? */
        !           104:    '@', -ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D, -ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,   /* @ - G */
        !           105: -ESC_H,      0,      0, -ESC_K,      0,      0,      0,      0,   /* H - O */
        !           106: -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, -ESC_R, -ESC_S,      0,      0, -ESC_V, -ESC_W,   /* P - W */
        !           107: -ESC_X,      0, -ESC_Z,    '[',   '\\',    ']',    '^',    '_',   /* X - _ */
        !           108:    '`',      7, -ESC_b,      0, -ESC_d,  ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,   /* ` - g */
        !           109: -ESC_h,      0,      0, -ESC_k,      0,      0,  ESC_n,      0,   /* h - o */
        !           110: -ESC_p,      0,  ESC_r, -ESC_s,  ESC_tee,    0, -ESC_v, -ESC_w,   /* p - w */
        !           111:      0,      0, -ESC_z                                            /* x - z */
        !           112: };
        !           113: 
        !           114: #else           /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems */
        !           115: static const short int escapes[] = {
        !           116: /*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
        !           117: /*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           118: /*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
        !           119: /*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           120: /*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
        !           121: /*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           122: /*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
        !           123: /*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
        !           124: /*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           125: /*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
        !           126: /*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           127: /*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
        !           128: /*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
        !           129: /*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           130: /*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
        !           131: /*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
        !           132: /*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           133: /*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,     0,      0, -ESC_P,
        !           134: /*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           135: /*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
        !           136: /*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           137: /*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
        !           138: /*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
        !           139: };
        !           140: #endif
        !           141: 
        !           142: 
        !           143: /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
        !           144: searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
        !           145: the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. */
        !           146: 
        !           147: typedef struct verbitem {
        !           148:   int   len;
        !           149:   int   op;
        !           150: } verbitem;
        !           151: 
        !           152: static const char verbnames[] =
        !           153:   "ACCEPT\0"
        !           154:   "COMMIT\0"
        !           155:   "F\0"
        !           156:   "FAIL\0"
        !           157:   "PRUNE\0"
        !           158:   "SKIP\0"
        !           159:   "THEN";
        !           160: 
        !           161: static const verbitem verbs[] = {
        !           162:   { 6, OP_ACCEPT },
        !           163:   { 6, OP_COMMIT },
        !           164:   { 1, OP_FAIL },
        !           165:   { 4, OP_FAIL },
        !           166:   { 5, OP_PRUNE },
        !           167:   { 4, OP_SKIP  },
        !           168:   { 4, OP_THEN  }
        !           169: };
        !           170: 
        !           171: static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
        !           172: 
        !           173: 
        !           174: /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
        !           175: now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
        !           176: library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
        !           177: length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
        !           178: for handling case independence. */
        !           179: 
        !           180: static const char posix_names[] =
        !           181:   "alpha\0"  "lower\0"  "upper\0"  "alnum\0"  "ascii\0"  "blank\0"
        !           182:   "cntrl\0"  "digit\0"  "graph\0"  "print\0"  "punct\0"  "space\0"
        !           183:   "word\0"   "xdigit";
        !           184: 
        !           185: static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
        !           186:   5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
        !           187: 
        !           188: /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
        !           189: base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
        !           190: classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
        !           191: characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
        !           192: character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
        !           193: second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
        !           194: addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
        !           195: absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
        !           196: remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
        !           197: 
        !           198: static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
        !           199:   cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
        !           200:   cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
        !           201:   cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
        !           202:   cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
        !           203:   cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
        !           204:   cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
        !           205:   cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
        !           206:   cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
        !           207:   cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
        !           208:   cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
        !           209:   cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
        !           210:   cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
        !           211:   cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
        !           212:   cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
        !           213: };
        !           214: 
        !           215: 
        !           216: #define STRING(a)  # a
        !           217: #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
        !           218: 
        !           219: /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
        !           220: are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
        !           221: they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
        !           222: are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
        !           223: the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
        !           224: it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
        !           225: lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
        !           226: simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
        !           227: because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. */
        !           228: 
        !           229: static const char error_texts[] =
        !           230:   "no error\0"
        !           231:   "\\ at end of pattern\0"
        !           232:   "\\c at end of pattern\0"
        !           233:   "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
        !           234:   "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
        !           235:   /* 5 */
        !           236:   "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
        !           237:   "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
        !           238:   "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
        !           239:   "range out of order in character class\0"
        !           240:   "nothing to repeat\0"
        !           241:   /* 10 */
        !           242:   "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0"  /** DEAD **/
        !           243:   "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
        !           244:   "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
        !           245:   "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
        !           246:   "missing )\0"
        !           247:   /* 15 */
        !           248:   "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
        !           249:   "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
        !           250:   "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
        !           251:   "missing ) after comment\0"
        !           252:   "parentheses nested too deeply\0"  /** DEAD **/
        !           253:   /* 20 */
        !           254:   "regular expression is too large\0"
        !           255:   "failed to get memory\0"
        !           256:   "unmatched parentheses\0"
        !           257:   "internal error: code overflow\0"
        !           258:   "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
        !           259:   /* 25 */
        !           260:   "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
        !           261:   "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
        !           262:   "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
        !           263:   "assertion expected after (?(\0"
        !           264:   "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
        !           265:   /* 30 */
        !           266:   "unknown POSIX class name\0"
        !           267:   "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
        !           268:   "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support\0"
        !           269:   "spare error\0"  /** DEAD **/
        !           270:   "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
        !           271:   /* 35 */
        !           272:   "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
        !           273:   "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
        !           274:   "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u\0"
        !           275:   "number after (?C is > 255\0"
        !           276:   "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
        !           277:   /* 40 */
        !           278:   "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
        !           279:   "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
        !           280:   "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
        !           281:   "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
        !           282:   "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
        !           283:   /* 45 */
        !           284:   "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
        !           285:   "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
        !           286:   "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
        !           287:   "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
        !           288:   "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
        !           289:   /* 50 */
        !           290:   "repeated subpattern is too long\0"    /** DEAD **/
        !           291:   "octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)\0"
        !           292:   "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
        !           293:   "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
        !           294:   "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
        !           295:   /* 55 */
        !           296:   "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"
        !           297:   "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
        !           298:   "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
        !           299:   "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
        !           300:   "(*VERB) with an argument is not supported\0"
        !           301:   /* 60 */
        !           302:   "(*VERB) not recognized\0"
        !           303:   "number is too big\0"
        !           304:   "subpattern name expected\0"
        !           305:   "digit expected after (?+\0"
        !           306:   "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode";
        !           307: 
        !           308: 
        !           309: /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
        !           310: patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
        !           311: may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
        !           312: to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
        !           313: a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
        !           314: character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
        !           315: applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
        !           316: efficiently.
        !           317: 
        !           318: For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
        !           319: 
        !           320:   0x04   decimal digit
        !           321:   0x08   hexadecimal digit
        !           322: 
        !           323: Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
        !           324: 
        !           325: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems */
        !           326: static const unsigned char digitab[] =
        !           327:   {
        !           328:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
        !           329:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
        !           330:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
        !           331:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
        !           332:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
        !           333:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
        !           334:   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
        !           335:   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
        !           336:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
        !           337:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
        !           338:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
        !           339:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
        !           340:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
        !           341:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
        !           342:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
        !           343:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
        !           344:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
        !           345:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
        !           346:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
        !           347:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
        !           348:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
        !           349:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
        !           350:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
        !           351:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
        !           352:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
        !           353:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
        !           354:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
        !           355:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
        !           356:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
        !           357:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
        !           358:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
        !           359:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
        !           360: 
        !           361: #else           /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems */
        !           362: static const unsigned char digitab[] =
        !           363:   {
        !           364:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
        !           365:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
        !           366:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
        !           367:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
        !           368:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
        !           369:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
        !           370:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
        !           371:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
        !           372:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
        !           373:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
        !           374:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
        !           375:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95    */
        !           376:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
        !           377:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
        !           378:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
        !           379:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
        !           380:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
        !           381:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
        !           382:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
        !           383:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
        !           384:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
        !           385:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
        !           386:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
        !           387:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
        !           388:   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
        !           389:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
        !           390:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
        !           391:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
        !           392:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
        !           393:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
        !           394:   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
        !           395:   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
        !           396: 
        !           397: static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
        !           398:   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
        !           399:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
        !           400:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
        !           401:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
        !           402:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
        !           403:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
        !           404:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
        !           405:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
        !           406:   0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
        !           407:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
        !           408:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
        !           409:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95 */
        !           410:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
        !           411:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
        !           412:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
        !           413:   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
        !           414:   0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
        !           415:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
        !           416:   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
        !           417:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
        !           418:   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
        !           419:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
        !           420:   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
        !           421:   0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
        !           422:   0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
        !           423:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
        !           424:   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
        !           425:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
        !           426:   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
        !           427:   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
        !           428:   0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
        !           429:   0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
        !           430: #endif
        !           431: 
        !           432: 
        !           433: /* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
        !           434: 
        !           435: static BOOL
        !           436:   compile_regex(int, int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int,
        !           437:     int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *);
        !           438: 
        !           439: 
        !           440: 
        !           441: /*************************************************
        !           442: *            Find an error text                  *
        !           443: *************************************************/
        !           444: 
        !           445: /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
        !           446: some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
        !           447: Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
        !           448: because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
        !           449: 
        !           450: Argument:   the error number
        !           451: Returns:    pointer to the error string
        !           452: */
        !           453: 
        !           454: static const char *
        !           455: find_error_text(int n)
        !           456: {
        !           457: const char *s = error_texts;
        !           458: for (; n > 0; n--) while (*s++ != 0);
        !           459: return s;
        !           460: }
        !           461: 
        !           462: 
        !           463: /*************************************************
        !           464: *            Handle escapes                      *
        !           465: *************************************************/
        !           466: 
        !           467: /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
        !           468: positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
        !           469: encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group
        !           470: n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When
        !           471: UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry,
        !           472: ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape
        !           473: sequence.
        !           474: 
        !           475: Arguments:
        !           476:   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
        !           477:   errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
        !           478:   bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
        !           479:   options        the options bits
        !           480:   isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
        !           481: 
        !           482: Returns:         zero or positive => a data character
        !           483:                  negative => a special escape sequence
        !           484:                  on error, errorcodeptr is set
        !           485: */
        !           486: 
        !           487: static int
        !           488: check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
        !           489:   int options, BOOL isclass)
        !           490: {
        !           491: BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
        !           492: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
        !           493: int c, i;
        !           494: 
        !           495: GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);           /* Get character value, increment pointer */
        !           496: ptr--;                            /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
        !           497: 
        !           498: /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
        !           499: 
        !           500: if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
        !           501: 
        !           502: /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
        !           503: in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
        !           504: Otherwise further processing may be required. */
        !           505: 
        !           506: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII coding */
        !           507: else if (c < '0' || c > 'z') {}                           /* Not alphanumeric */
        !           508: else if ((i = escapes[c - '0']) != 0) c = i;
        !           509: 
        !           510: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
        !           511: else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {}   /* Not alphanumeric */
        !           512: else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  c = i;
        !           513: #endif
        !           514: 
        !           515: /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
        !           516: 
        !           517: else
        !           518:   {
        !           519:   const uschar *oldptr;
        !           520:   BOOL braced, negated;
        !           521: 
        !           522:   switch (c)
        !           523:     {
        !           524:     /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
        !           525:     error. */
        !           526: 
        !           527:     case 'l':
        !           528:     case 'L':
        !           529:     case 'N':
        !           530:     case 'u':
        !           531:     case 'U':
        !           532:     *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
        !           533:     break;
        !           534: 
        !           535:     /* \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
        !           536: 
        !           537:     (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
        !           538:     backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
        !           539:     5.10 feature.
        !           540: 
        !           541:     (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
        !           542:     is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
        !           543:     this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
        !           544:     was \k.
        !           545: 
        !           546:     (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
        !           547:     number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
        !           548:     (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
        !           549:     the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */
        !           550: 
        !           551:     case 'g':
        !           552:     if (ptr[1] == '<' || ptr[1] == '\'')
        !           553:       {
        !           554:       c = -ESC_g;
        !           555:       break;
        !           556:       }
        !           557: 
        !           558:     /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
        !           559: 
        !           560:     if (ptr[1] == '{')
        !           561:       {
        !           562:       const uschar *p;
        !           563:       for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != '}'; p++)
        !           564:         if (*p != '-' && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
        !           565:       if (*p != 0 && *p != '}')
        !           566:         {
        !           567:         c = -ESC_k;
        !           568:         break;
        !           569:         }
        !           570:       braced = TRUE;
        !           571:       ptr++;
        !           572:       }
        !           573:     else braced = FALSE;
        !           574: 
        !           575:     if (ptr[1] == '-')
        !           576:       {
        !           577:       negated = TRUE;
        !           578:       ptr++;
        !           579:       }
        !           580:     else negated = FALSE;
        !           581: 
        !           582:     c = 0;
        !           583:     while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
        !           584:       c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - '0';
        !           585: 
        !           586:     if (c < 0)   /* Integer overflow */
        !           587:       {
        !           588:       *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
        !           589:       break;
        !           590:       }
        !           591: 
        !           592:     if (braced && *(++ptr) != '}')
        !           593:       {
        !           594:       *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
        !           595:       break;
        !           596:       }
        !           597: 
        !           598:     if (c == 0)
        !           599:       {
        !           600:       *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
        !           601:       break;
        !           602:       }
        !           603: 
        !           604:     if (negated)
        !           605:       {
        !           606:       if (c > bracount)
        !           607:         {
        !           608:         *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !           609:         break;
        !           610:         }
        !           611:       c = bracount - (c - 1);
        !           612:       }
        !           613: 
        !           614:     c = -(ESC_REF + c);
        !           615:     break;
        !           616: 
        !           617:     /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
        !           618:     starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
        !           619:     the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
        !           620: 
        !           621:     Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
        !           622:     number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
        !           623:     left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
        !           624:     digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
        !           625:     123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
        !           626:     value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
        !           627:     character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
        !           628: 
        !           629:     case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
        !           630:     case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
        !           631: 
        !           632:     if (!isclass)
        !           633:       {
        !           634:       oldptr = ptr;
        !           635:       c -= '0';
        !           636:       while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
        !           637:         c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - '0';
        !           638:       if (c < 0)    /* Integer overflow */
        !           639:         {
        !           640:         *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
        !           641:         break;
        !           642:         }
        !           643:       if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
        !           644:         {
        !           645:         c = -(ESC_REF + c);
        !           646:         break;
        !           647:         }
        !           648:       ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
        !           649:       }
        !           650: 
        !           651:     /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
        !           652:     generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
        !           653:     Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
        !           654: 
        !           655:     if ((c = *ptr) >= '8')
        !           656:       {
        !           657:       ptr--;
        !           658:       c = 0;
        !           659:       break;
        !           660:       }
        !           661: 
        !           662:     /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
        !           663:     larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
        !           664:     significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
        !           665:     to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more
        !           666:     than 3 octal digits. */
        !           667: 
        !           668:     case '0':
        !           669:     c -= '0';
        !           670:     while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= '0' && ptr[1] <= '7')
        !           671:         c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - '0';
        !           672:     if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
        !           673:     break;
        !           674: 
        !           675:     /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
        !           676:     than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is
        !           677:     treated as a data character. */
        !           678: 
        !           679:     case 'x':
        !           680:     if (ptr[1] == '{')
        !           681:       {
        !           682:       const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
        !           683:       int count = 0;
        !           684: 
        !           685:       c = 0;
        !           686:       while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
        !           687:         {
        !           688:         register int cc = *pt++;
        !           689:         if (c == 0 && cc == '0') continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
        !           690:         count++;
        !           691: 
        !           692: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII coding */
        !           693:         if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
        !           694:         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
        !           695: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
        !           696:         if (cc >= 'a' && cc <= 'z') cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
        !           697:         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
        !           698: #endif
        !           699:         }
        !           700: 
        !           701:       if (*pt == '}')
        !           702:         {
        !           703:         if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
        !           704:         ptr = pt;
        !           705:         break;
        !           706:         }
        !           707: 
        !           708:       /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
        !           709:       recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
        !           710:       }
        !           711: 
        !           712:     /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
        !           713: 
        !           714:     c = 0;
        !           715:     while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
        !           716:       {
        !           717:       int cc;                               /* Some compilers don't like ++ */
        !           718:       cc = *(++ptr);                        /* in initializers */
        !           719: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII coding */
        !           720:       if (cc >= 'a') cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
        !           721:       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < 'A')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
        !           722: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
        !           723:       if (cc <= 'z') cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
        !           724:       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= '0')? '0' : ('A' - 10));
        !           725: #endif
        !           726:       }
        !           727:     break;
        !           728: 
        !           729:     /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
        !           730:     This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
        !           731:     ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
        !           732: 
        !           733:     case 'c':
        !           734:     c = *(++ptr);
        !           735:     if (c == 0)
        !           736:       {
        !           737:       *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
        !           738:       break;
        !           739:       }
        !           740: 
        !           741: #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII coding */
        !           742:     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c -= 32;
        !           743:     c ^= 0x40;
        !           744: #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
        !           745:     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') c += 64;
        !           746:     c ^= 0xC0;
        !           747: #endif
        !           748:     break;
        !           749: 
        !           750:     /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
        !           751:     other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
        !           752:     otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
        !           753:     odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
        !           754:     be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
        !           755: 
        !           756:     default:
        !           757:     if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
        !           758:       {
        !           759:       default:
        !           760:       *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
        !           761:       break;
        !           762:       }
        !           763:     break;
        !           764:     }
        !           765:   }
        !           766: 
        !           767: *ptrptr = ptr;
        !           768: return c;
        !           769: }
        !           770: 
        !           771: 
        !           772: 
        !           773: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !           774: /*************************************************
        !           775: *               Handle \P and \p                 *
        !           776: *************************************************/
        !           777: 
        !           778: /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
        !           779: PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
        !           780: pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
        !           781: escape sequence.
        !           782: 
        !           783: Argument:
        !           784:   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
        !           785:   negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
        !           786:   dptr           points to an int that is set to the detailed property value
        !           787:   errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
        !           788: 
        !           789: Returns:         type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
        !           790: */
        !           791: 
        !           792: static int
        !           793: get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr)
        !           794: {
        !           795: int c, i, bot, top;
        !           796: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
        !           797: char name[32];
        !           798: 
        !           799: c = *(++ptr);
        !           800: if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
        !           801: 
        !           802: *negptr = FALSE;
        !           803: 
        !           804: /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
        !           805: negation. */
        !           806: 
        !           807: if (c == '{')
        !           808:   {
        !           809:   if (ptr[1] == '^')
        !           810:     {
        !           811:     *negptr = TRUE;
        !           812:     ptr++;
        !           813:     }
        !           814:   for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++)
        !           815:     {
        !           816:     c = *(++ptr);
        !           817:     if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
        !           818:     if (c == '}') break;
        !           819:     name[i] = c;
        !           820:     }
        !           821:   if (c !='}') goto ERROR_RETURN;
        !           822:   name[i] = 0;
        !           823:   }
        !           824: 
        !           825: /* Otherwise there is just one following character */
        !           826: 
        !           827: else
        !           828:   {
        !           829:   name[0] = c;
        !           830:   name[1] = 0;
        !           831:   }
        !           832: 
        !           833: *ptrptr = ptr;
        !           834: 
        !           835: /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
        !           836: 
        !           837: bot = 0;
        !           838: top = _pcre_utt_size;
        !           839: 
        !           840: while (bot < top)
        !           841:   {
        !           842:   i = (bot + top) >> 1;
        !           843:   c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt_names + _pcre_utt[i].name_offset);
        !           844:   if (c == 0)
        !           845:     {
        !           846:     *dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value;
        !           847:     return _pcre_utt[i].type;
        !           848:     }
        !           849:   if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
        !           850:   }
        !           851: 
        !           852: *errorcodeptr = ERR47;
        !           853: *ptrptr = ptr;
        !           854: return -1;
        !           855: 
        !           856: ERROR_RETURN:
        !           857: *errorcodeptr = ERR46;
        !           858: *ptrptr = ptr;
        !           859: return -1;
        !           860: }
        !           861: #endif
        !           862: 
        !           863: 
        !           864: 
        !           865: 
        !           866: /*************************************************
        !           867: *            Check for counted repeat            *
        !           868: *************************************************/
        !           869: 
        !           870: /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
        !           871: start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
        !           872: It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
        !           873: where the ddds are digits.
        !           874: 
        !           875: Arguments:
        !           876:   p         pointer to the first char after '{'
        !           877: 
        !           878: Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
        !           879: */
        !           880: 
        !           881: static BOOL
        !           882: is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
        !           883: {
        !           884: if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
        !           885: while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
        !           886: if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
        !           887: 
        !           888: if (*p++ != ',') return FALSE;
        !           889: if (*p == '}') return TRUE;
        !           890: 
        !           891: if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
        !           892: while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
        !           893: 
        !           894: return (*p == '}');
        !           895: }
        !           896: 
        !           897: 
        !           898: 
        !           899: /*************************************************
        !           900: *         Read repeat counts                     *
        !           901: *************************************************/
        !           902: 
        !           903: /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
        !           904: after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
        !           905: so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
        !           906: 
        !           907: Arguments:
        !           908:   p              pointer to first char after '{'
        !           909:   minp           pointer to int for min
        !           910:   maxp           pointer to int for max
        !           911:                  returned as -1 if no max
        !           912:   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
        !           913: 
        !           914: Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
        !           915:                  current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
        !           916: */
        !           917: 
        !           918: static const uschar *
        !           919: read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
        !           920: {
        !           921: int min = 0;
        !           922: int max = -1;
        !           923: 
        !           924: /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
        !           925: an integer overflow. */
        !           926: 
        !           927: while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - '0';
        !           928: if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
        !           929:   {
        !           930:   *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
        !           931:   return p;
        !           932:   }
        !           933: 
        !           934: /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
        !           935: Also, max must not be less than min. */
        !           936: 
        !           937: if (*p == '}') max = min; else
        !           938:   {
        !           939:   if (*(++p) != '}')
        !           940:     {
        !           941:     max = 0;
        !           942:     while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - '0';
        !           943:     if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
        !           944:       {
        !           945:       *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
        !           946:       return p;
        !           947:       }
        !           948:     if (max < min)
        !           949:       {
        !           950:       *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
        !           951:       return p;
        !           952:       }
        !           953:     }
        !           954:   }
        !           955: 
        !           956: /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
        !           957: '}'. */
        !           958: 
        !           959: *minp = min;
        !           960: *maxp = max;
        !           961: return p;
        !           962: }
        !           963: 
        !           964: 
        !           965: 
        !           966: /*************************************************
        !           967: *       Find forward referenced subpattern       *
        !           968: *************************************************/
        !           969: 
        !           970: /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
        !           971: subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
        !           972: name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
        !           973: returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
        !           974: references to subpatterns. We know that if (?P< is encountered, the name will
        !           975: be terminated by '>' because that is checked in the first pass.
        !           976: 
        !           977: Arguments:
        !           978:   ptr          current position in the pattern
        !           979:   cd           compile background data
        !           980:   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
        !           981:   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
        !           982:   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
        !           983: 
        !           984: Returns:       the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
        !           985: */
        !           986: 
        !           987: static int
        !           988: find_parens(const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn,
        !           989:   BOOL xmode)
        !           990: {
        !           991: const uschar *thisname;
        !           992: int count = cd->bracount;
        !           993: 
        !           994: for (; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
        !           995:   {
        !           996:   int term;
        !           997: 
        !           998:   /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
        !           999: 
        !          1000:   if (*ptr == '\\')
        !          1001:     {
        !          1002:     if (*(++ptr) == 0) return -1;
        !          1003:     if (*ptr == 'Q') for (;;)
        !          1004:       {
        !          1005:       while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '\\');
        !          1006:       if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
        !          1007:       if (*(++ptr) == 'E') break;
        !          1008:       }
        !          1009:     continue;
        !          1010:     }
        !          1011: 
        !          1012:   /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
        !          1013:   are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
        !          1014:   first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
        !          1015:   too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
        !          1016: 
        !          1017:   if (*ptr == '[')
        !          1018:     {
        !          1019:     BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
        !          1020:     for (;;)
        !          1021:       {
        !          1022:       int c = *(++ptr);
        !          1023:       if (c == '\\')
        !          1024:         {
        !          1025:         if (ptr[1] == 'E') ptr++;
        !          1026:           else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1, "Q\\E", 3) == 0) ptr += 3;
        !          1027:             else break;
        !          1028:         }
        !          1029:       else if (!negate_class && c == '^')
        !          1030:         negate_class = TRUE;
        !          1031:       else break;
        !          1032:       }
        !          1033: 
        !          1034:     /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
        !          1035:     skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
        !          1036: 
        !          1037:     if (ptr[1] == ']' && (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
        !          1038:       ptr++;
        !          1039: 
        !          1040:     while (*(++ptr) != ']')
        !          1041:       {
        !          1042:       if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
        !          1043:       if (*ptr == '\\')
        !          1044:         {
        !          1045:         if (*(++ptr) == 0) return -1;
        !          1046:         if (*ptr == 'Q') for (;;)
        !          1047:           {
        !          1048:           while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '\\');
        !          1049:           if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
        !          1050:           if (*(++ptr) == 'E') break;
        !          1051:           }
        !          1052:         continue;
        !          1053:         }
        !          1054:       }
        !          1055:     continue;
        !          1056:     }
        !          1057: 
        !          1058:   /* Skip comments in /x mode */
        !          1059: 
        !          1060:   if (xmode && *ptr == '#')
        !          1061:     {
        !          1062:     while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != '\n');
        !          1063:     if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
        !          1064:     continue;
        !          1065:     }
        !          1066: 
        !          1067:   /* An opening parens must now be a real metacharacter */
        !          1068: 
        !          1069:   if (*ptr != '(') continue;
        !          1070:   if (ptr[1] != '?' && ptr[1] != '*')
        !          1071:     {
        !          1072:     count++;
        !          1073:     if (name == NULL && count == lorn) return count;
        !          1074:     continue;
        !          1075:     }
        !          1076: 
        !          1077:   ptr += 2;
        !          1078:   if (*ptr == 'P') ptr++;                      /* Allow optional P */
        !          1079: 
        !          1080:   /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> */
        !          1081: 
        !          1082:   if ((*ptr != '<' || ptr[1] == '!' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
        !          1083:        *ptr != '\'')
        !          1084:     continue;
        !          1085: 
        !          1086:   count++;
        !          1087: 
        !          1088:   if (name == NULL && count == lorn) return count;
        !          1089:   term = *ptr++;
        !          1090:   if (term == '<') term = '>';
        !          1091:   thisname = ptr;
        !          1092:   while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
        !          1093:   if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname &&
        !          1094:       strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0)
        !          1095:     return count;
        !          1096:   }
        !          1097: 
        !          1098: return -1;
        !          1099: }
        !          1100: 
        !          1101: 
        !          1102: 
        !          1103: /*************************************************
        !          1104: *      Find first significant op code            *
        !          1105: *************************************************/
        !          1106: 
        !          1107: /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
        !          1108: for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
        !          1109: that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
        !          1110: For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
        !          1111: assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
        !          1112: 
        !          1113: Arguments:
        !          1114:   code         pointer to the start of the group
        !          1115:   options      pointer to external options
        !          1116:   optbit       the option bit whose changing is significant, or
        !          1117:                  zero if none are
        !          1118:   skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
        !          1119: 
        !          1120: Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
        !          1121: */
        !          1122: 
        !          1123: static const uschar*
        !          1124: first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
        !          1125:   BOOL skipassert)
        !          1126: {
        !          1127: for (;;)
        !          1128:   {
        !          1129:   switch ((int)*code)
        !          1130:     {
        !          1131:     case OP_OPT:
        !          1132:     if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
        !          1133:       *options = (int)code[1];
        !          1134:     code += 2;
        !          1135:     break;
        !          1136: 
        !          1137:     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
        !          1138:     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
        !          1139:     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
        !          1140:     if (!skipassert) return code;
        !          1141:     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
        !          1142:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
        !          1143:     break;
        !          1144: 
        !          1145:     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
        !          1146:     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
        !          1147:     if (!skipassert) return code;
        !          1148:     /* Fall through */
        !          1149: 
        !          1150:     case OP_CALLOUT:
        !          1151:     case OP_CREF:
        !          1152:     case OP_RREF:
        !          1153:     case OP_DEF:
        !          1154:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
        !          1155:     break;
        !          1156: 
        !          1157:     default:
        !          1158:     return code;
        !          1159:     }
        !          1160:   }
        !          1161: /* Control never reaches here */
        !          1162: }
        !          1163: 
        !          1164: 
        !          1165: 
        !          1166: 
        !          1167: /*************************************************
        !          1168: *        Find the fixed length of a pattern      *
        !          1169: *************************************************/
        !          1170: 
        !          1171: /* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
        !          1172: if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
        !          1173: In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
        !          1174: 
        !          1175: Arguments:
        !          1176:   code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
        !          1177:   options  the compiling options
        !          1178: 
        !          1179: Returns:   the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
        !          1180:              or -2 if \C was encountered
        !          1181: */
        !          1182: 
        !          1183: static int
        !          1184: find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
        !          1185: {
        !          1186: int length = -1;
        !          1187: 
        !          1188: register int branchlength = 0;
        !          1189: register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          1190: 
        !          1191: /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
        !          1192: branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
        !          1193: 
        !          1194: for (;;)
        !          1195:   {
        !          1196:   int d;
        !          1197:   register int op = *cc;
        !          1198:   switch (op)
        !          1199:     {
        !          1200:     case OP_CBRA:
        !          1201:     case OP_BRA:
        !          1202:     case OP_ONCE:
        !          1203:     case OP_COND:
        !          1204:     d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), options);
        !          1205:     if (d < 0) return d;
        !          1206:     branchlength += d;
        !          1207:     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
        !          1208:     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          1209:     break;
        !          1210: 
        !          1211:     /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
        !          1212:     call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
        !          1213:     END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
        !          1214: 
        !          1215:     case OP_ALT:
        !          1216:     case OP_KET:
        !          1217:     case OP_KETRMAX:
        !          1218:     case OP_KETRMIN:
        !          1219:     case OP_END:
        !          1220:     if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
        !          1221:       else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
        !          1222:     if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
        !          1223:     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          1224:     branchlength = 0;
        !          1225:     break;
        !          1226: 
        !          1227:     /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
        !          1228: 
        !          1229:     case OP_ASSERT:
        !          1230:     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
        !          1231:     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
        !          1232:     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
        !          1233:     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
        !          1234:     /* Fall through */
        !          1235: 
        !          1236:     /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
        !          1237: 
        !          1238:     case OP_REVERSE:
        !          1239:     case OP_CREF:
        !          1240:     case OP_RREF:
        !          1241:     case OP_DEF:
        !          1242:     case OP_OPT:
        !          1243:     case OP_CALLOUT:
        !          1244:     case OP_SOD:
        !          1245:     case OP_SOM:
        !          1246:     case OP_EOD:
        !          1247:     case OP_EODN:
        !          1248:     case OP_CIRC:
        !          1249:     case OP_DOLL:
        !          1250:     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
        !          1251:     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
        !          1252:     cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
        !          1253:     break;
        !          1254: 
        !          1255:     /* Handle literal characters */
        !          1256: 
        !          1257:     case OP_CHAR:
        !          1258:     case OP_CHARNC:
        !          1259:     case OP_NOT:
        !          1260:     branchlength++;
        !          1261:     cc += 2;
        !          1262: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1263:     if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
        !          1264:       {
        !          1265:       while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
        !          1266:       }
        !          1267: #endif
        !          1268:     break;
        !          1269: 
        !          1270:     /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
        !          1271:     need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
        !          1272: 
        !          1273:     case OP_EXACT:
        !          1274:     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
        !          1275:     cc += 4;
        !          1276: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1277:     if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
        !          1278:       {
        !          1279:       while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
        !          1280:       }
        !          1281: #endif
        !          1282:     break;
        !          1283: 
        !          1284:     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
        !          1285:     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
        !          1286:     if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2;
        !          1287:     cc += 4;
        !          1288:     break;
        !          1289: 
        !          1290:     /* Handle single-char matchers */
        !          1291: 
        !          1292:     case OP_PROP:
        !          1293:     case OP_NOTPROP:
        !          1294:     cc += 2;
        !          1295:     /* Fall through */
        !          1296: 
        !          1297:     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
        !          1298:     case OP_DIGIT:
        !          1299:     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
        !          1300:     case OP_WHITESPACE:
        !          1301:     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
        !          1302:     case OP_WORDCHAR:
        !          1303:     case OP_ANY:
        !          1304:     case OP_ALLANY:
        !          1305:     branchlength++;
        !          1306:     cc++;
        !          1307:     break;
        !          1308: 
        !          1309:     /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
        !          1310: 
        !          1311:     case OP_ANYBYTE:
        !          1312:     return -2;
        !          1313: 
        !          1314:     /* Check a class for variable quantification */
        !          1315: 
        !          1316: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1317:     case OP_XCLASS:
        !          1318:     cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
        !          1319:     /* Fall through */
        !          1320: #endif
        !          1321: 
        !          1322:     case OP_CLASS:
        !          1323:     case OP_NCLASS:
        !          1324:     cc += 33;
        !          1325: 
        !          1326:     switch (*cc)
        !          1327:       {
        !          1328:       case OP_CRSTAR:
        !          1329:       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
        !          1330:       case OP_CRQUERY:
        !          1331:       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
        !          1332:       return -1;
        !          1333: 
        !          1334:       case OP_CRRANGE:
        !          1335:       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
        !          1336:       if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
        !          1337:       branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
        !          1338:       cc += 5;
        !          1339:       break;
        !          1340: 
        !          1341:       default:
        !          1342:       branchlength++;
        !          1343:       }
        !          1344:     break;
        !          1345: 
        !          1346:     /* Anything else is variable length */
        !          1347: 
        !          1348:     default:
        !          1349:     return -1;
        !          1350:     }
        !          1351:   }
        !          1352: /* Control never gets here */
        !          1353: }
        !          1354: 
        !          1355: 
        !          1356: 
        !          1357: 
        !          1358: /*************************************************
        !          1359: *    Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket    *
        !          1360: *************************************************/
        !          1361: 
        !          1362: /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
        !          1363: capturing bracket with the given number.
        !          1364: 
        !          1365: Arguments:
        !          1366:   code        points to start of expression
        !          1367:   utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
        !          1368:   number      the required bracket number
        !          1369: 
        !          1370: Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
        !          1371: */
        !          1372: 
        !          1373: static const uschar *
        !          1374: find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
        !          1375: {
        !          1376: for (;;)
        !          1377:   {
        !          1378:   register int c = *code;
        !          1379:   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
        !          1380: 
        !          1381:   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
        !          1382:   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
        !          1383:   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
        !          1384: 
        !          1385:   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
        !          1386: 
        !          1387:   /* Handle capturing bracket */
        !          1388: 
        !          1389:   else if (c == OP_CBRA)
        !          1390:     {
        !          1391:     int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
        !          1392:     if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
        !          1393:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
        !          1394:     }
        !          1395: 
        !          1396:   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
        !          1397:   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
        !          1398:   two bytes of parameters. */
        !          1399: 
        !          1400:   else
        !          1401:     {
        !          1402:     switch(c)
        !          1403:       {
        !          1404:       case OP_TYPESTAR:
        !          1405:       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
        !          1406:       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
        !          1407:       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
        !          1408:       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
        !          1409:       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
        !          1410:       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
        !          1411:       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
        !          1412:       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
        !          1413:       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
        !          1414:       break;
        !          1415: 
        !          1416:       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
        !          1417:       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
        !          1418:       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
        !          1419:       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
        !          1420:       if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
        !          1421:       break;
        !          1422:       }
        !          1423: 
        !          1424:     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
        !          1425: 
        !          1426:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
        !          1427: 
        !          1428:   /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
        !          1429:   a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
        !          1430:   arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
        !          1431: 
        !          1432: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1433:     if (utf8) switch(c)
        !          1434:       {
        !          1435:       case OP_CHAR:
        !          1436:       case OP_CHARNC:
        !          1437:       case OP_EXACT:
        !          1438:       case OP_UPTO:
        !          1439:       case OP_MINUPTO:
        !          1440:       case OP_POSUPTO:
        !          1441:       case OP_STAR:
        !          1442:       case OP_MINSTAR:
        !          1443:       case OP_POSSTAR:
        !          1444:       case OP_PLUS:
        !          1445:       case OP_MINPLUS:
        !          1446:       case OP_POSPLUS:
        !          1447:       case OP_QUERY:
        !          1448:       case OP_MINQUERY:
        !          1449:       case OP_POSQUERY:
        !          1450:       if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
        !          1451:       break;
        !          1452:       }
        !          1453: #endif
        !          1454:     }
        !          1455:   }
        !          1456: }
        !          1457: 
        !          1458: 
        !          1459: 
        !          1460: /*************************************************
        !          1461: *   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
        !          1462: *************************************************/
        !          1463: 
        !          1464: /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
        !          1465: instance of OP_RECURSE.
        !          1466: 
        !          1467: Arguments:
        !          1468:   code        points to start of expression
        !          1469:   utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
        !          1470: 
        !          1471: Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
        !          1472: */
        !          1473: 
        !          1474: static const uschar *
        !          1475: find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
        !          1476: {
        !          1477: for (;;)
        !          1478:   {
        !          1479:   register int c = *code;
        !          1480:   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
        !          1481:   if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
        !          1482: 
        !          1483:   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
        !          1484:   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
        !          1485:   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
        !          1486: 
        !          1487:   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
        !          1488: 
        !          1489:   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
        !          1490:   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
        !          1491:   two bytes of parameters. */
        !          1492: 
        !          1493:   else
        !          1494:     {
        !          1495:     switch(c)
        !          1496:       {
        !          1497:       case OP_TYPESTAR:
        !          1498:       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
        !          1499:       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
        !          1500:       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
        !          1501:       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
        !          1502:       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
        !          1503:       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
        !          1504:       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
        !          1505:       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
        !          1506:       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
        !          1507:       break;
        !          1508: 
        !          1509:       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
        !          1510:       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
        !          1511:       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
        !          1512:       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
        !          1513:       if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
        !          1514:       break;
        !          1515:       }
        !          1516: 
        !          1517:     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
        !          1518: 
        !          1519:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
        !          1520: 
        !          1521:     /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
        !          1522:     by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
        !          1523:     to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
        !          1524: 
        !          1525: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1526:     if (utf8) switch(c)
        !          1527:       {
        !          1528:       case OP_CHAR:
        !          1529:       case OP_CHARNC:
        !          1530:       case OP_EXACT:
        !          1531:       case OP_UPTO:
        !          1532:       case OP_MINUPTO:
        !          1533:       case OP_POSUPTO:
        !          1534:       case OP_STAR:
        !          1535:       case OP_MINSTAR:
        !          1536:       case OP_POSSTAR:
        !          1537:       case OP_PLUS:
        !          1538:       case OP_MINPLUS:
        !          1539:       case OP_POSPLUS:
        !          1540:       case OP_QUERY:
        !          1541:       case OP_MINQUERY:
        !          1542:       case OP_POSQUERY:
        !          1543:       if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
        !          1544:       break;
        !          1545:       }
        !          1546: #endif
        !          1547:     }
        !          1548:   }
        !          1549: }
        !          1550: 
        !          1551: 
        !          1552: 
        !          1553: /*************************************************
        !          1554: *    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
        !          1555: *************************************************/
        !          1556: 
        !          1557: /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
        !          1558: can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
        !          1559: below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
        !          1560: group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
        !          1561: backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
        !          1562: hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
        !          1563: bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
        !          1564: 
        !          1565: Arguments:
        !          1566:   code        points to start of search
        !          1567:   endcode     points to where to stop
        !          1568:   utf8        TRUE if in UTF8 mode
        !          1569: 
        !          1570: Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
        !          1571: */
        !          1572: 
        !          1573: static BOOL
        !          1574: could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
        !          1575: {
        !          1576: register int c;
        !          1577: for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], NULL, 0, TRUE);
        !          1578:      code < endcode;
        !          1579:      code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
        !          1580:   {
        !          1581:   const uschar *ccode;
        !          1582: 
        !          1583:   c = *code;
        !          1584: 
        !          1585:   /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
        !          1586:   first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
        !          1587: 
        !          1588:   if (c == OP_ASSERT)
        !          1589:     {
        !          1590:     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
        !          1591:     c = *code;
        !          1592:     continue;
        !          1593:     }
        !          1594: 
        !          1595:   /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
        !          1596: 
        !          1597:   if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO)
        !          1598:     {
        !          1599:     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
        !          1600:     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
        !          1601:     c = *code;
        !          1602:     continue;
        !          1603:     }
        !          1604: 
        !          1605:   /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
        !          1606: 
        !          1607:   if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_COND)
        !          1608:     {
        !          1609:     BOOL empty_branch;
        !          1610:     if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
        !          1611: 
        !          1612:     /* Scan a closed bracket */
        !          1613: 
        !          1614:     empty_branch = FALSE;
        !          1615:     do
        !          1616:       {
        !          1617:       if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
        !          1618:         empty_branch = TRUE;
        !          1619:       code += GET(code, 1);
        !          1620:       }
        !          1621:     while (*code == OP_ALT);
        !          1622:     if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
        !          1623:     c = *code;
        !          1624:     continue;
        !          1625:     }
        !          1626: 
        !          1627:   /* Handle the other opcodes */
        !          1628: 
        !          1629:   switch (c)
        !          1630:     {
        !          1631:     /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
        !          1632:     cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
        !          1633:     high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the
        !          1634:     actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
        !          1635:     here. */
        !          1636: 
        !          1637: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1638:     case OP_XCLASS:
        !          1639:     ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
        !          1640:     goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
        !          1641: #endif
        !          1642: 
        !          1643:     case OP_CLASS:
        !          1644:     case OP_NCLASS:
        !          1645:     ccode = code + 33;
        !          1646: 
        !          1647: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1648:     CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
        !          1649: #endif
        !          1650: 
        !          1651:     switch (*ccode)
        !          1652:       {
        !          1653:       case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
        !          1654:       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
        !          1655:       case OP_CRQUERY:
        !          1656:       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
        !          1657:       break;
        !          1658: 
        !          1659:       default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
        !          1660:       case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
        !          1661:       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
        !          1662:       return FALSE;
        !          1663: 
        !          1664:       case OP_CRRANGE:
        !          1665:       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
        !          1666:       if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
        !          1667:       break;
        !          1668:       }
        !          1669:     break;
        !          1670: 
        !          1671:     /* Opcodes that must match a character */
        !          1672: 
        !          1673:     case OP_PROP:
        !          1674:     case OP_NOTPROP:
        !          1675:     case OP_EXTUNI:
        !          1676:     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
        !          1677:     case OP_DIGIT:
        !          1678:     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
        !          1679:     case OP_WHITESPACE:
        !          1680:     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
        !          1681:     case OP_WORDCHAR:
        !          1682:     case OP_ANY:
        !          1683:     case OP_ALLANY:
        !          1684:     case OP_ANYBYTE:
        !          1685:     case OP_CHAR:
        !          1686:     case OP_CHARNC:
        !          1687:     case OP_NOT:
        !          1688:     case OP_PLUS:
        !          1689:     case OP_MINPLUS:
        !          1690:     case OP_POSPLUS:
        !          1691:     case OP_EXACT:
        !          1692:     case OP_NOTPLUS:
        !          1693:     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
        !          1694:     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
        !          1695:     case OP_NOTEXACT:
        !          1696:     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
        !          1697:     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
        !          1698:     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
        !          1699:     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
        !          1700:     return FALSE;
        !          1701: 
        !          1702:     /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
        !          1703:     fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
        !          1704: 
        !          1705:     case OP_TYPESTAR:
        !          1706:     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
        !          1707:     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
        !          1708:     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
        !          1709:     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
        !          1710:     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
        !          1711:     if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
        !          1712:     break;
        !          1713: 
        !          1714:     /* Same for these */
        !          1715: 
        !          1716:     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
        !          1717:     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
        !          1718:     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
        !          1719:     if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
        !          1720:     break;
        !          1721: 
        !          1722:     /* End of branch */
        !          1723: 
        !          1724:     case OP_KET:
        !          1725:     case OP_KETRMAX:
        !          1726:     case OP_KETRMIN:
        !          1727:     case OP_ALT:
        !          1728:     return TRUE;
        !          1729: 
        !          1730:     /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
        !          1731:     MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
        !          1732: 
        !          1733: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          1734:     case OP_STAR:
        !          1735:     case OP_MINSTAR:
        !          1736:     case OP_POSSTAR:
        !          1737:     case OP_QUERY:
        !          1738:     case OP_MINQUERY:
        !          1739:     case OP_POSQUERY:
        !          1740:     case OP_UPTO:
        !          1741:     case OP_MINUPTO:
        !          1742:     case OP_POSUPTO:
        !          1743:     if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
        !          1744:     break;
        !          1745: #endif
        !          1746:     }
        !          1747:   }
        !          1748: 
        !          1749: return TRUE;
        !          1750: }
        !          1751: 
        !          1752: 
        !          1753: 
        !          1754: /*************************************************
        !          1755: *    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
        !          1756: *************************************************/
        !          1757: 
        !          1758: /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
        !          1759: the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
        !          1760: string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
        !          1761: stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
        !          1762: 
        !          1763: Arguments:
        !          1764:   code        points to start of the recursion
        !          1765:   endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
        !          1766:   bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
        !          1767:   utf8        TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
        !          1768: 
        !          1769: Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
        !          1770: */
        !          1771: 
        !          1772: static BOOL
        !          1773: could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
        !          1774:   BOOL utf8)
        !          1775: {
        !          1776: while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
        !          1777:   {
        !          1778:   if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
        !          1779:   bcptr = bcptr->outer;
        !          1780:   }
        !          1781: return TRUE;
        !          1782: }
        !          1783: 
        !          1784: 
        !          1785: 
        !          1786: /*************************************************
        !          1787: *           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
        !          1788: *************************************************/
        !          1789: 
        !          1790: /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
        !          1791: encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
        !          1792: sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
        !          1793: reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
        !          1794: 
        !          1795: Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
        !          1796: terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
        !          1797: though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
        !          1798: "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
        !          1799: didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
        !          1800: 
        !          1801: The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
        !          1802: have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
        !          1803: class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
        !          1804: below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
        !          1805: processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
        !          1806: where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
        !          1807: "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
        !          1808: I think.
        !          1809: 
        !          1810: Arguments:
        !          1811:   ptr      pointer to the initial [
        !          1812:   endptr   where to return the end pointer
        !          1813: 
        !          1814: Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
        !          1815: */
        !          1816: 
        !          1817: static BOOL
        !          1818: check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr)
        !          1819: {
        !          1820: int terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
        !          1821: terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
        !          1822: for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
        !          1823:   {
        !          1824:   if (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == ']') ptr++; else
        !          1825:     {
        !          1826:     if (*ptr == ']') return FALSE;
        !          1827:     if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == ']')
        !          1828:       {
        !          1829:       *endptr = ptr;
        !          1830:       return TRUE;
        !          1831:       }
        !          1832:     }
        !          1833:   }
        !          1834: return FALSE;
        !          1835: }
        !          1836: 
        !          1837: 
        !          1838: 
        !          1839: 
        !          1840: /*************************************************
        !          1841: *          Check POSIX class name                *
        !          1842: *************************************************/
        !          1843: 
        !          1844: /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
        !          1845: such as [:alnum:].
        !          1846: 
        !          1847: Arguments:
        !          1848:   ptr        points to the first letter
        !          1849:   len        the length of the name
        !          1850: 
        !          1851: Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
        !          1852: */
        !          1853: 
        !          1854: static int
        !          1855: check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
        !          1856: {
        !          1857: const char *pn = posix_names;
        !          1858: register int yield = 0;
        !          1859: while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
        !          1860:   {
        !          1861:   if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
        !          1862:     strncmp((const char *)ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield;
        !          1863:   pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
        !          1864:   yield++;
        !          1865:   }
        !          1866: return -1;
        !          1867: }
        !          1868: 
        !          1869: 
        !          1870: /*************************************************
        !          1871: *    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
        !          1872: *************************************************/
        !          1873: 
        !          1874: /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
        !          1875: that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
        !          1876: repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
        !          1877: earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
        !          1878: optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
        !          1879: inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
        !          1880: items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
        !          1881: have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
        !          1882: is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
        !          1883: OP_END.
        !          1884: 
        !          1885: This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
        !          1886: recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
        !          1887: for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
        !          1888: the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
        !          1889: value in the reference (which is a group number).
        !          1890: 
        !          1891: Arguments:
        !          1892:   group      points to the start of the group
        !          1893:   adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
        !          1894:   utf8       TRUE in UTF-8 mode
        !          1895:   cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
        !          1896:   save_hwm   the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
        !          1897: 
        !          1898: Returns:     nothing
        !          1899: */
        !          1900: 
        !          1901: static void
        !          1902: adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd,
        !          1903:   uschar *save_hwm)
        !          1904: {
        !          1905: uschar *ptr = group;
        !          1906: 
        !          1907: while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
        !          1908:   {
        !          1909:   int offset;
        !          1910:   uschar *hc;
        !          1911: 
        !          1912:   /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
        !          1913:   reference. */
        !          1914: 
        !          1915:   for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
        !          1916:     {
        !          1917:     offset = GET(hc, 0);
        !          1918:     if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
        !          1919:       {
        !          1920:       PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
        !          1921:       break;
        !          1922:       }
        !          1923:     }
        !          1924: 
        !          1925:   /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
        !          1926:   group. */
        !          1927: 
        !          1928:   if (hc >= cd->hwm)
        !          1929:     {
        !          1930:     offset = GET(ptr, 1);
        !          1931:     if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
        !          1932:     }
        !          1933: 
        !          1934:   ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          1935:   }
        !          1936: }
        !          1937: 
        !          1938: 
        !          1939: 
        !          1940: /*************************************************
        !          1941: *        Insert an automatic callout point       *
        !          1942: *************************************************/
        !          1943: 
        !          1944: /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
        !          1945: callout points before each pattern item.
        !          1946: 
        !          1947: Arguments:
        !          1948:   code           current code pointer
        !          1949:   ptr            current pattern pointer
        !          1950:   cd             pointers to tables etc
        !          1951: 
        !          1952: Returns:         new code pointer
        !          1953: */
        !          1954: 
        !          1955: static uschar *
        !          1956: auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
        !          1957: {
        !          1958: *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
        !          1959: *code++ = 255;
        !          1960: PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern);  /* Pattern offset */
        !          1961: PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                /* Default length */
        !          1962: return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
        !          1963: }
        !          1964: 
        !          1965: 
        !          1966: 
        !          1967: /*************************************************
        !          1968: *         Complete a callout item                *
        !          1969: *************************************************/
        !          1970: 
        !          1971: /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
        !          1972: we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
        !          1973: for both automatic and manual callouts.
        !          1974: 
        !          1975: Arguments:
        !          1976:   previous_callout   points to previous callout item
        !          1977:   ptr                current pattern pointer
        !          1978:   cd                 pointers to tables etc
        !          1979: 
        !          1980: Returns:             nothing
        !          1981: */
        !          1982: 
        !          1983: static void
        !          1984: complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
        !          1985: {
        !          1986: int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
        !          1987: PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
        !          1988: }
        !          1989: 
        !          1990: 
        !          1991: 
        !          1992: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          1993: /*************************************************
        !          1994: *           Get othercase range                  *
        !          1995: *************************************************/
        !          1996: 
        !          1997: /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
        !          1998: with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
        !          1999: characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
        !          2000: start address.
        !          2001: 
        !          2002: Arguments:
        !          2003:   cptr        points to starting character value; updated
        !          2004:   d           end value
        !          2005:   ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
        !          2006:   odptr       where to put end of othercase range
        !          2007: 
        !          2008: Yield:        TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
        !          2009: */
        !          2010: 
        !          2011: static BOOL
        !          2012: get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr,
        !          2013:   unsigned int *odptr)
        !          2014: {
        !          2015: unsigned int c, othercase, next;
        !          2016: 
        !          2017: for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
        !          2018:   { if ((othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase(c)) != NOTACHAR) break; }
        !          2019: 
        !          2020: if (c > d) return FALSE;
        !          2021: 
        !          2022: *ocptr = othercase;
        !          2023: next = othercase + 1;
        !          2024: 
        !          2025: for (++c; c <= d; c++)
        !          2026:   {
        !          2027:   if (_pcre_ucp_othercase(c) != next) break;
        !          2028:   next++;
        !          2029:   }
        !          2030: 
        !          2031: *odptr = next - 1;
        !          2032: *cptr = c;
        !          2033: 
        !          2034: return TRUE;
        !          2035: }
        !          2036: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
        !          2037: 
        !          2038: 
        !          2039: 
        !          2040: /*************************************************
        !          2041: *     Check if auto-possessifying is possible    *
        !          2042: *************************************************/
        !          2043: 
        !          2044: /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
        !          2045: whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
        !          2046: sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
        !          2047: 
        !          2048: Arguments:
        !          2049:   op_code       the repeated op code
        !          2050:   this          data for this item, depends on the opcode
        !          2051:   utf8          TRUE in UTF-8 mode
        !          2052:   utf8_char     used for utf8 character bytes, NULL if not relevant
        !          2053:   ptr           next character in pattern
        !          2054:   options       options bits
        !          2055:   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
        !          2056: 
        !          2057: Returns:        TRUE if possessifying is wanted
        !          2058: */
        !          2059: 
        !          2060: static BOOL
        !          2061: check_auto_possessive(int op_code, int item, BOOL utf8, uschar *utf8_char,
        !          2062:   const uschar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
        !          2063: {
        !          2064: int next;
        !          2065: 
        !          2066: /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
        !          2067: 
        !          2068: if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
        !          2069:   {
        !          2070:   for (;;)
        !          2071:     {
        !          2072:     while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
        !          2073:     if (*ptr == '#')
        !          2074:       {
        !          2075:       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
        !          2076:         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
        !          2077:       }
        !          2078:     else break;
        !          2079:     }
        !          2080:   }
        !          2081: 
        !          2082: /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
        !          2083: value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
        !          2084: 
        !          2085: if (*ptr == '\\')
        !          2086:   {
        !          2087:   int temperrorcode = 0;
        !          2088:   next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
        !          2089:   if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
        !          2090:   ptr++;    /* Point after the escape sequence */
        !          2091:   }
        !          2092: 
        !          2093: else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
        !          2094:   {
        !          2095: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2096:   if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
        !          2097: #endif
        !          2098:   next = *ptr++;
        !          2099:   }
        !          2100: 
        !          2101: else return FALSE;
        !          2102: 
        !          2103: /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
        !          2104: 
        !          2105: if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
        !          2106:   {
        !          2107:   for (;;)
        !          2108:     {
        !          2109:     while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
        !          2110:     if (*ptr == '#')
        !          2111:       {
        !          2112:       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
        !          2113:         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
        !          2114:       }
        !          2115:     else break;
        !          2116:     }
        !          2117:   }
        !          2118: 
        !          2119: /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
        !          2120: 
        !          2121: if (*ptr == '*' || *ptr == '?' || strncmp((char *)ptr, "{0,", 3) == 0)
        !          2122:   return FALSE;
        !          2123: 
        !          2124: /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. If the previous is a
        !          2125: positive single character match, "item" either contains the character or, if
        !          2126: "item" is greater than 127 in utf8 mode, the character's bytes are in
        !          2127: utf8_char. */
        !          2128: 
        !          2129: 
        !          2130: /* Handle cases when the next item is a character. */
        !          2131: 
        !          2132: if (next >= 0) switch(op_code)
        !          2133:   {
        !          2134:   case OP_CHAR:
        !          2135: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2136:   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
        !          2137: #endif
        !          2138:   return item != next;
        !          2139: 
        !          2140:   /* For CHARNC (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
        !          2141:   Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
        !          2142:   high-valued characters. */
        !          2143: 
        !          2144:   case OP_CHARNC:
        !          2145: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2146:   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
        !          2147: #endif
        !          2148:   if (item == next) return FALSE;
        !          2149: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2150:   if (utf8)
        !          2151:     {
        !          2152:     unsigned int othercase;
        !          2153:     if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
        !          2154: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          2155:     othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase((unsigned int)next);
        !          2156: #else
        !          2157:     othercase = NOTACHAR;
        !          2158: #endif
        !          2159:     return (unsigned int)item != othercase;
        !          2160:     }
        !          2161:   else
        !          2162: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
        !          2163:   return (item != cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
        !          2164: 
        !          2165:   /* For OP_NOT, "item" must be a single-byte character. */
        !          2166: 
        !          2167:   case OP_NOT:
        !          2168:   if (item == next) return TRUE;
        !          2169:   if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0) return FALSE;
        !          2170: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2171:   if (utf8)
        !          2172:     {
        !          2173:     unsigned int othercase;
        !          2174:     if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
        !          2175: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          2176:     othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase(next);
        !          2177: #else
        !          2178:     othercase = NOTACHAR;
        !          2179: #endif
        !          2180:     return (unsigned int)item == othercase;
        !          2181:     }
        !          2182:   else
        !          2183: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
        !          2184:   return (item == cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
        !          2185: 
        !          2186:   case OP_DIGIT:
        !          2187:   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
        !          2188: 
        !          2189:   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
        !          2190:   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
        !          2191: 
        !          2192:   case OP_WHITESPACE:
        !          2193:   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
        !          2194: 
        !          2195:   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
        !          2196:   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
        !          2197: 
        !          2198:   case OP_WORDCHAR:
        !          2199:   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
        !          2200: 
        !          2201:   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
        !          2202:   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
        !          2203: 
        !          2204:   case OP_HSPACE:
        !          2205:   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
        !          2206:   switch(next)
        !          2207:     {
        !          2208:     case 0x09:
        !          2209:     case 0x20:
        !          2210:     case 0xa0:
        !          2211:     case 0x1680:
        !          2212:     case 0x180e:
        !          2213:     case 0x2000:
        !          2214:     case 0x2001:
        !          2215:     case 0x2002:
        !          2216:     case 0x2003:
        !          2217:     case 0x2004:
        !          2218:     case 0x2005:
        !          2219:     case 0x2006:
        !          2220:     case 0x2007:
        !          2221:     case 0x2008:
        !          2222:     case 0x2009:
        !          2223:     case 0x200A:
        !          2224:     case 0x202f:
        !          2225:     case 0x205f:
        !          2226:     case 0x3000:
        !          2227:     return op_code != OP_HSPACE;
        !          2228:     default:
        !          2229:     return op_code == OP_HSPACE;
        !          2230:     }
        !          2231: 
        !          2232:   case OP_VSPACE:
        !          2233:   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
        !          2234:   switch(next)
        !          2235:     {
        !          2236:     case 0x0a:
        !          2237:     case 0x0b:
        !          2238:     case 0x0c:
        !          2239:     case 0x0d:
        !          2240:     case 0x85:
        !          2241:     case 0x2028:
        !          2242:     case 0x2029:
        !          2243:     return op_code != OP_VSPACE;
        !          2244:     default:
        !          2245:     return op_code == OP_VSPACE;
        !          2246:     }
        !          2247: 
        !          2248:   default:
        !          2249:   return FALSE;
        !          2250:   }
        !          2251: 
        !          2252: 
        !          2253: /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. */
        !          2254: 
        !          2255: switch(op_code)
        !          2256:   {
        !          2257:   case OP_CHAR:
        !          2258:   case OP_CHARNC:
        !          2259: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2260:   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
        !          2261: #endif
        !          2262:   switch(-next)
        !          2263:     {
        !          2264:     case ESC_d:
        !          2265:     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) == 0;
        !          2266: 
        !          2267:     case ESC_D:
        !          2268:     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) != 0;
        !          2269: 
        !          2270:     case ESC_s:
        !          2271:     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) == 0;
        !          2272: 
        !          2273:     case ESC_S:
        !          2274:     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) != 0;
        !          2275: 
        !          2276:     case ESC_w:
        !          2277:     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) == 0;
        !          2278: 
        !          2279:     case ESC_W:
        !          2280:     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) != 0;
        !          2281: 
        !          2282:     case ESC_h:
        !          2283:     case ESC_H:
        !          2284:     switch(item)
        !          2285:       {
        !          2286:       case 0x09:
        !          2287:       case 0x20:
        !          2288:       case 0xa0:
        !          2289:       case 0x1680:
        !          2290:       case 0x180e:
        !          2291:       case 0x2000:
        !          2292:       case 0x2001:
        !          2293:       case 0x2002:
        !          2294:       case 0x2003:
        !          2295:       case 0x2004:
        !          2296:       case 0x2005:
        !          2297:       case 0x2006:
        !          2298:       case 0x2007:
        !          2299:       case 0x2008:
        !          2300:       case 0x2009:
        !          2301:       case 0x200A:
        !          2302:       case 0x202f:
        !          2303:       case 0x205f:
        !          2304:       case 0x3000:
        !          2305:       return -next != ESC_h;
        !          2306:       default:
        !          2307:       return -next == ESC_h;
        !          2308:       }
        !          2309: 
        !          2310:     case ESC_v:
        !          2311:     case ESC_V:
        !          2312:     switch(item)
        !          2313:       {
        !          2314:       case 0x0a:
        !          2315:       case 0x0b:
        !          2316:       case 0x0c:
        !          2317:       case 0x0d:
        !          2318:       case 0x85:
        !          2319:       case 0x2028:
        !          2320:       case 0x2029:
        !          2321:       return -next != ESC_v;
        !          2322:       default:
        !          2323:       return -next == ESC_v;
        !          2324:       }
        !          2325: 
        !          2326:     default:
        !          2327:     return FALSE;
        !          2328:     }
        !          2329: 
        !          2330:   case OP_DIGIT:
        !          2331:   return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W ||
        !          2332:          next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
        !          2333: 
        !          2334:   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
        !          2335:   return next == -ESC_d;
        !          2336: 
        !          2337:   case OP_WHITESPACE:
        !          2338:   return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
        !          2339: 
        !          2340:   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
        !          2341:   return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
        !          2342: 
        !          2343:   case OP_HSPACE:
        !          2344:   return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
        !          2345: 
        !          2346:   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
        !          2347:   return next == -ESC_h;
        !          2348: 
        !          2349:   /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
        !          2350:   case OP_VSPACE:
        !          2351:   return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
        !          2352: 
        !          2353:   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
        !          2354:   return next == -ESC_v;
        !          2355: 
        !          2356:   case OP_WORDCHAR:
        !          2357:   return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
        !          2358: 
        !          2359:   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
        !          2360:   return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d;
        !          2361: 
        !          2362:   default:
        !          2363:   return FALSE;
        !          2364:   }
        !          2365: 
        !          2366: /* Control does not reach here */
        !          2367: }
        !          2368: 
        !          2369: 
        !          2370: 
        !          2371: /*************************************************
        !          2372: *           Compile one branch                   *
        !          2373: *************************************************/
        !          2374: 
        !          2375: /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
        !          2376: changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
        !          2377: bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
        !          2378: to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
        !          2379: phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
        !          2380: 
        !          2381: Arguments:
        !          2382:   optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
        !          2383:   codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
        !          2384:   ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
        !          2385:   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
        !          2386:   firstbyteptr   set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
        !          2387:   reqbyteptr     set to the last literal character required, else < 0
        !          2388:   bcptr          points to current branch chain
        !          2389:   cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
        !          2390:   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
        !          2391:                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
        !          2392: 
        !          2393: Returns:         TRUE on success
        !          2394:                  FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
        !          2395: */
        !          2396: 
        !          2397: static BOOL
        !          2398: compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
        !          2399:   int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
        !          2400:   compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
        !          2401: {
        !          2402: int repeat_type, op_type;
        !          2403: int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
        !          2404: int bravalue = 0;
        !          2405: int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
        !          2406: int firstbyte, reqbyte;
        !          2407: int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
        !          2408: int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
        !          2409: int options = *optionsptr;
        !          2410: int after_manual_callout = 0;
        !          2411: int length_prevgroup = 0;
        !          2412: register int c;
        !          2413: register uschar *code = *codeptr;
        !          2414: uschar *last_code = code;
        !          2415: uschar *orig_code = code;
        !          2416: uschar *tempcode;
        !          2417: BOOL inescq = FALSE;
        !          2418: BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
        !          2419: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
        !          2420: const uschar *tempptr;
        !          2421: uschar *previous = NULL;
        !          2422: uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
        !          2423: uschar *save_hwm = NULL;
        !          2424: uschar classbits[32];
        !          2425: 
        !          2426: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2427: BOOL class_utf8;
        !          2428: BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
        !          2429: uschar *class_utf8data;
        !          2430: uschar *class_utf8data_base;
        !          2431: uschar utf8_char[6];
        !          2432: #else
        !          2433: BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
        !          2434: uschar *utf8_char = NULL;
        !          2435: #endif
        !          2436: 
        !          2437: #ifdef DEBUG
        !          2438: if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
        !          2439: #endif
        !          2440: 
        !          2441: /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
        !          2442: 
        !          2443: greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
        !          2444: greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
        !          2445: 
        !          2446: /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
        !          2447: matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
        !          2448: matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
        !          2449: find one.
        !          2450: 
        !          2451: When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
        !          2452: to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
        !          2453: zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
        !          2454: item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
        !          2455: 
        !          2456: firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
        !          2457: 
        !          2458: /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
        !          2459: according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
        !          2460: value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
        !          2461: case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
        !          2462: 
        !          2463: req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
        !          2464: 
        !          2465: /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
        !          2466: 
        !          2467: for (;; ptr++)
        !          2468:   {
        !          2469:   BOOL negate_class;
        !          2470:   BOOL should_flip_negation;
        !          2471:   BOOL possessive_quantifier;
        !          2472:   BOOL is_quantifier;
        !          2473:   BOOL is_recurse;
        !          2474:   BOOL reset_bracount;
        !          2475:   int class_charcount;
        !          2476:   int class_lastchar;
        !          2477:   int newoptions;
        !          2478:   int recno;
        !          2479:   int refsign;
        !          2480:   int skipbytes;
        !          2481:   int subreqbyte;
        !          2482:   int subfirstbyte;
        !          2483:   int terminator;
        !          2484:   int mclength;
        !          2485:   uschar mcbuffer[8];
        !          2486: 
        !          2487:   /* Get next byte in the pattern */
        !          2488: 
        !          2489:   c = *ptr;
        !          2490: 
        !          2491:   /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
        !          2492:   previous cycle of this loop. */
        !          2493: 
        !          2494:   if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          2495:     {
        !          2496: #ifdef DEBUG
        !          2497:     if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code;                 /* High water info */
        !          2498: #endif
        !          2499:     if (code > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) /* Check for overrun */
        !          2500:       {
        !          2501:       *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
        !          2502:       goto FAILED;
        !          2503:       }
        !          2504: 
        !          2505:     /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
        !          2506:     case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
        !          2507:     the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
        !          2508:     allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
        !          2509:     */
        !          2510: 
        !          2511:     if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
        !          2512: 
        !          2513:     /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
        !          2514: 
        !          2515:     if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
        !          2516:       {
        !          2517:       *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
        !          2518:       goto FAILED;
        !          2519:       }
        !          2520: 
        !          2521:     *lengthptr += code - last_code;
        !          2522:     DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, code - last_code, c));
        !          2523: 
        !          2524:     /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
        !          2525:     it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
        !          2526:     if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
        !          2527: 
        !          2528:     if (previous != NULL)
        !          2529:       {
        !          2530:       if (previous > orig_code)
        !          2531:         {
        !          2532:         memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous);
        !          2533:         code -= previous - orig_code;
        !          2534:         previous = orig_code;
        !          2535:         }
        !          2536:       }
        !          2537:     else code = orig_code;
        !          2538: 
        !          2539:     /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
        !          2540:     next time round. */
        !          2541: 
        !          2542:     last_code = code;
        !          2543:     }
        !          2544: 
        !          2545:   /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
        !          2546:   reference list. */
        !          2547: 
        !          2548:   else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
        !          2549:     {
        !          2550:     *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
        !          2551:     goto FAILED;
        !          2552:     }
        !          2553: 
        !          2554:   /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
        !          2555: 
        !          2556:   if (inescq && c != 0)
        !          2557:     {
        !          2558:     if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')
        !          2559:       {
        !          2560:       inescq = FALSE;
        !          2561:       ptr++;
        !          2562:       continue;
        !          2563:       }
        !          2564:     else
        !          2565:       {
        !          2566:       if (previous_callout != NULL)
        !          2567:         {
        !          2568:         if (lengthptr == NULL)  /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
        !          2569:           complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
        !          2570:         previous_callout = NULL;
        !          2571:         }
        !          2572:       if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
        !          2573:         {
        !          2574:         previous_callout = code;
        !          2575:         code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
        !          2576:         }
        !          2577:       goto NORMAL_CHAR;
        !          2578:       }
        !          2579:     }
        !          2580: 
        !          2581:   /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
        !          2582:   a quantifier. */
        !          2583: 
        !          2584:   is_quantifier = c == '*' || c == '+' || c == '?' ||
        !          2585:     (c == '{' && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
        !          2586: 
        !          2587:   if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
        !          2588:        after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
        !          2589:     {
        !          2590:     if (lengthptr == NULL)      /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
        !          2591:       complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
        !          2592:     previous_callout = NULL;
        !          2593:     }
        !          2594: 
        !          2595:   /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
        !          2596: 
        !          2597:   if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
        !          2598:     {
        !          2599:     if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
        !          2600:     if (c == '#')
        !          2601:       {
        !          2602:       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
        !          2603:         {
        !          2604:         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
        !          2605:         }
        !          2606:       if (*ptr != 0) continue;
        !          2607: 
        !          2608:       /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
        !          2609:       c = 0;
        !          2610:       }
        !          2611:     }
        !          2612: 
        !          2613:   /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
        !          2614: 
        !          2615:   if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
        !          2616:     {
        !          2617:     previous_callout = code;
        !          2618:     code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
        !          2619:     }
        !          2620: 
        !          2621:   switch(c)
        !          2622:     {
        !          2623:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          2624:     case 0:                        /* The branch terminates at string end */
        !          2625:     case '|':                      /* or | or ) */
        !          2626:     case ')':
        !          2627:     *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
        !          2628:     *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
        !          2629:     *codeptr = code;
        !          2630:     *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          2631:     if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          2632:       {
        !          2633:       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
        !          2634:         {
        !          2635:         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
        !          2636:         goto FAILED;
        !          2637:         }
        !          2638:       *lengthptr += code - last_code;   /* To include callout length */
        !          2639:       DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
        !          2640:       }
        !          2641:     return TRUE;
        !          2642: 
        !          2643: 
        !          2644:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          2645:     /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
        !          2646:     the setting of any following char as a first character. */
        !          2647: 
        !          2648:     case '^':
        !          2649:     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
        !          2650:       {
        !          2651:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          2652:       }
        !          2653:     previous = NULL;
        !          2654:     *code++ = OP_CIRC;
        !          2655:     break;
        !          2656: 
        !          2657:     case '$':
        !          2658:     previous = NULL;
        !          2659:     *code++ = OP_DOLL;
        !          2660:     break;
        !          2661: 
        !          2662:     /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
        !          2663:     repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
        !          2664: 
        !          2665:     case '.':
        !          2666:     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          2667:     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          2668:     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          2669:     previous = code;
        !          2670:     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
        !          2671:     break;
        !          2672: 
        !          2673: 
        !          2674:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          2675:     /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
        !          2676:     32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
        !          2677:     where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
        !          2678:     map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
        !          2679:     so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
        !          2680: 
        !          2681:     If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
        !          2682:     opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
        !          2683:     but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
        !          2684:     whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
        !          2685: 
        !          2686:     In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
        !          2687:     default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
        !          2688: 
        !          2689:     case ']':
        !          2690:     if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
        !          2691:       {
        !          2692:       *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
        !          2693:       goto FAILED;
        !          2694:       }
        !          2695:     goto NORMAL_CHAR;
        !          2696: 
        !          2697:     case '[':
        !          2698:     previous = code;
        !          2699: 
        !          2700:     /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
        !          2701:     they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
        !          2702: 
        !          2703:     if ((ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
        !          2704:         check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
        !          2705:       {
        !          2706:       *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == ':')? ERR13 : ERR31;
        !          2707:       goto FAILED;
        !          2708:       }
        !          2709: 
        !          2710:     /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
        !          2711:     if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
        !          2712:     skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
        !          2713: 
        !          2714:     negate_class = FALSE;
        !          2715:     for (;;)
        !          2716:       {
        !          2717:       c = *(++ptr);
        !          2718:       if (c == '\\')
        !          2719:         {
        !          2720:         if (ptr[1] == 'E') ptr++;
        !          2721:           else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1, "Q\\E", 3) == 0) ptr += 3;
        !          2722:             else break;
        !          2723:         }
        !          2724:       else if (!negate_class && c == '^')
        !          2725:         negate_class = TRUE;
        !          2726:       else break;
        !          2727:       }
        !          2728: 
        !          2729:     /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
        !          2730:     an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
        !          2731:     that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
        !          2732:     [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
        !          2733: 
        !          2734:     if (c ==']' && (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
        !          2735:       {
        !          2736:       *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
        !          2737:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          2738:       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          2739:       break;
        !          2740:       }
        !          2741: 
        !          2742:     /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
        !          2743:     negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
        !          2744:     correctly (they are all included in the class). */
        !          2745: 
        !          2746:     should_flip_negation = FALSE;
        !          2747: 
        !          2748:     /* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
        !          2749:     of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher
        !          2750:     valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
        !          2751: 
        !          2752:     class_charcount = 0;
        !          2753:     class_lastchar = -1;
        !          2754: 
        !          2755:     /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
        !          2756:     temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less
        !          2757:     than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map.
        !          2758:     */
        !          2759: 
        !          2760:     memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
        !          2761: 
        !          2762: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2763:     class_utf8 = FALSE;                       /* No chars >= 256 */
        !          2764:     class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;    /* For UTF-8 items */
        !          2765:     class_utf8data_base = class_utf8data;     /* For resetting in pass 1 */
        !          2766: #endif
        !          2767: 
        !          2768:     /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
        !          2769:     means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
        !          2770:     loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
        !          2771: 
        !          2772:     if (c != 0) do
        !          2773:       {
        !          2774:       const uschar *oldptr;
        !          2775: 
        !          2776: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2777:       if (utf8 && c > 127)
        !          2778:         {                           /* Braces are required because the */
        !          2779:         GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
        !          2780:         }
        !          2781: 
        !          2782:       /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any UTF-8 extra
        !          2783:       data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
        !          2784:       contain a zillion UTF-8 characters no longer overwrite the work space
        !          2785:       (which is on the stack). */
        !          2786: 
        !          2787:       if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          2788:         {
        !          2789:         *lengthptr += class_utf8data - class_utf8data_base;
        !          2790:         class_utf8data = class_utf8data_base;
        !          2791:         }
        !          2792: 
        !          2793: #endif
        !          2794: 
        !          2795:       /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
        !          2796: 
        !          2797:       if (inescq)
        !          2798:         {
        !          2799:         if (c == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E')     /* If we are at \E */
        !          2800:           {
        !          2801:           inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
        !          2802:           ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
        !          2803:           continue;                         /* Carry on with next */
        !          2804:           }
        !          2805:         goto CHECK_RANGE;                   /* Could be range if \E follows */
        !          2806:         }
        !          2807: 
        !          2808:       /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
        !          2809:       form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
        !          2810:       treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
        !          2811:       [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
        !          2812:       5.6 and 5.8 do. */
        !          2813: 
        !          2814:       if (c == '[' &&
        !          2815:           (ptr[1] == ':' || ptr[1] == '.' || ptr[1] == '=') &&
        !          2816:           check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
        !          2817:         {
        !          2818:         BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
        !          2819:         int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
        !          2820:         register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
        !          2821:         uschar pbits[32];
        !          2822: 
        !          2823:         if (ptr[1] != ':')
        !          2824:           {
        !          2825:           *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
        !          2826:           goto FAILED;
        !          2827:           }
        !          2828: 
        !          2829:         ptr += 2;
        !          2830:         if (*ptr == '^')
        !          2831:           {
        !          2832:           local_negate = TRUE;
        !          2833:           should_flip_negation = TRUE;  /* Note negative special */
        !          2834:           ptr++;
        !          2835:           }
        !          2836: 
        !          2837:         posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
        !          2838:         if (posix_class < 0)
        !          2839:           {
        !          2840:           *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
        !          2841:           goto FAILED;
        !          2842:           }
        !          2843: 
        !          2844:         /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
        !          2845:         alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
        !          2846:         alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
        !          2847: 
        !          2848:         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
        !          2849:           posix_class = 0;
        !          2850: 
        !          2851:         /* We build the bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store
        !          2852:         because we may be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to
        !          2853:         subtract bits that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the
        !          2854:         result into the bit map that is being built. */
        !          2855: 
        !          2856:         posix_class *= 3;
        !          2857: 
        !          2858:         /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
        !          2859: 
        !          2860:         memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
        !          2861:           32 * sizeof(uschar));
        !          2862: 
        !          2863:         /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
        !          2864: 
        !          2865:         taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
        !          2866:         tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
        !          2867: 
        !          2868:         if (taboffset >= 0)
        !          2869:           {
        !          2870:           if (tabopt >= 0)
        !          2871:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
        !          2872:           else
        !          2873:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
        !          2874:           }
        !          2875: 
        !          2876:         /* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
        !          2877:         value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
        !          2878: 
        !          2879:         if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
        !          2880:         if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
        !          2881:           else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
        !          2882: 
        !          2883:         /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
        !          2884:         being built and we are done. */
        !          2885: 
        !          2886:         if (local_negate)
        !          2887:           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
        !          2888:         else
        !          2889:           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
        !          2890: 
        !          2891:         ptr = tempptr + 1;
        !          2892:         class_charcount = 10;  /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
        !          2893:         continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
        !          2894:         }
        !          2895: 
        !          2896:       /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
        !          2897:       of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
        !          2898:       case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace.
        !          2899:       Elsewhere it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready
        !          2900:       to 'or' into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
        !          2901:       character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
        !          2902: 
        !          2903:       if (c == '\\')
        !          2904:         {
        !          2905:         c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
        !          2906:         if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
        !          2907: 
        !          2908:         if (-c == ESC_b) c = '\b';       /* \b is backspace in a class */
        !          2909:         else if (-c == ESC_X) c = 'X';   /* \X is literal X in a class */
        !          2910:         else if (-c == ESC_R) c = 'R';   /* \R is literal R in a class */
        !          2911:         else if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
        !          2912:           {
        !          2913:           if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E')
        !          2914:             {
        !          2915:             ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
        !          2916:             }
        !          2917:           else inescq = TRUE;
        !          2918:           continue;
        !          2919:           }
        !          2920:         else if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Ignore orphan \E */
        !          2921: 
        !          2922:         if (c < 0)
        !          2923:           {
        !          2924:           register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
        !          2925:           class_charcount += 2;     /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
        !          2926: 
        !          2927:           /* Save time by not doing this in the pre-compile phase. */
        !          2928: 
        !          2929:           if (lengthptr == NULL) switch (-c)
        !          2930:             {
        !          2931:             case ESC_d:
        !          2932:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
        !          2933:             continue;
        !          2934: 
        !          2935:             case ESC_D:
        !          2936:             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
        !          2937:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
        !          2938:             continue;
        !          2939: 
        !          2940:             case ESC_w:
        !          2941:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
        !          2942:             continue;
        !          2943: 
        !          2944:             case ESC_W:
        !          2945:             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
        !          2946:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
        !          2947:             continue;
        !          2948: 
        !          2949:             case ESC_s:
        !          2950:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
        !          2951:             classbits[1] &= ~0x08;   /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
        !          2952:             continue;
        !          2953: 
        !          2954:             case ESC_S:
        !          2955:             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
        !          2956:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
        !          2957:             classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
        !          2958:             continue;
        !          2959: 
        !          2960:             default:    /* Not recognized; fall through */
        !          2961:             break;      /* Need "default" setting to stop compiler warning. */
        !          2962:             }
        !          2963: 
        !          2964:           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do the recognition. */
        !          2965: 
        !          2966:           else if (c == -ESC_d || c == -ESC_D || c == -ESC_w ||
        !          2967:                    c == -ESC_W || c == -ESC_s || c == -ESC_S) continue;
        !          2968: 
        !          2969:           /* We need to deal with \H, \h, \V, and \v in both phases because
        !          2970:           they use extra memory. */
        !          2971: 
        !          2972:           if (-c == ESC_h)
        !          2973:             {
        !          2974:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */
        !          2975:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */
        !          2976:             SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */
        !          2977: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          2978:             if (utf8)
        !          2979:               {
        !          2980:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          2981:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          2982:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data);
        !          2983:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          2984:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data);
        !          2985:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          2986:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data);
        !          2987:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data);
        !          2988:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          2989:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data);
        !          2990:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          2991:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data);
        !          2992:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          2993:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data);
        !          2994:               }
        !          2995: #endif
        !          2996:             continue;
        !          2997:             }
        !          2998: 
        !          2999:           if (-c == ESC_H)
        !          3000:             {
        !          3001:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
        !          3002:               {
        !          3003:               int x = 0xff;
        !          3004:               switch (c)
        !          3005:                 {
        !          3006:                 case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break;
        !          3007:                 case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break;
        !          3008:                 case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break;
        !          3009:                 default: break;
        !          3010:                 }
        !          3011:               classbits[c] |= x;
        !          3012:               }
        !          3013: 
        !          3014: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3015:             if (utf8)
        !          3016:               {
        !          3017:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          3018:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3019:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
        !          3020:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data);
        !          3021:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3022:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data);
        !          3023:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data);
        !          3024:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3025:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data);
        !          3026:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data);
        !          3027:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3028:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data);
        !          3029:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data);
        !          3030:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3031:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data);
        !          3032:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data);
        !          3033:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3034:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data);
        !          3035:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data);
        !          3036:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3037:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data);
        !          3038:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
        !          3039:               }
        !          3040: #endif
        !          3041:             continue;
        !          3042:             }
        !          3043: 
        !          3044:           if (-c == ESC_v)
        !          3045:             {
        !          3046:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */
        !          3047:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */
        !          3048:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */
        !          3049:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */
        !          3050:             SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */
        !          3051: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3052:             if (utf8)
        !          3053:               {
        !          3054:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          3055:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3056:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data);
        !          3057:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
        !          3058:               }
        !          3059: #endif
        !          3060:             continue;
        !          3061:             }
        !          3062: 
        !          3063:           if (-c == ESC_V)
        !          3064:             {
        !          3065:             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
        !          3066:               {
        !          3067:               int x = 0xff;
        !          3068:               switch (c)
        !          3069:                 {
        !          3070:                 case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8);
        !          3071:                              x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8);
        !          3072:                              x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8);
        !          3073:                              x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8);
        !          3074:                              break;
        !          3075:                 case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break;
        !          3076:                 default: break;
        !          3077:                 }
        !          3078:               classbits[c] |= x;
        !          3079:               }
        !          3080: 
        !          3081: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3082:             if (utf8)
        !          3083:               {
        !          3084:               class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          3085:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3086:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
        !          3087:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data);
        !          3088:               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3089:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
        !          3090:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
        !          3091:               }
        !          3092: #endif
        !          3093:             continue;
        !          3094:             }
        !          3095: 
        !          3096:           /* We need to deal with \P and \p in both phases. */
        !          3097: 
        !          3098: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          3099:           if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
        !          3100:             {
        !          3101:             BOOL negated;
        !          3102:             int pdata;
        !          3103:             int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
        !          3104:             if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
        !          3105:             class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          3106:             *class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
        !          3107:               XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
        !          3108:             *class_utf8data++ = ptype;
        !          3109:             *class_utf8data++ = pdata;
        !          3110:             class_charcount -= 2;   /* Not a < 256 character */
        !          3111:             continue;
        !          3112:             }
        !          3113: #endif
        !          3114:           /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
        !          3115:           strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
        !          3116:           treated as literals. */
        !          3117: 
        !          3118:           if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
        !          3119:             {
        !          3120:             *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
        !          3121:             goto FAILED;
        !          3122:             }
        !          3123: 
        !          3124:           class_charcount -= 2;  /* Undo the default count from above */
        !          3125:           c = *ptr;              /* Get the final character and fall through */
        !          3126:           }
        !          3127: 
        !          3128:         /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
        !          3129:         greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
        !          3130: 
        !          3131:         }   /* End of backslash handling */
        !          3132: 
        !          3133:       /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
        !          3134:       Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
        !          3135:       at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences
        !          3136:       entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
        !          3137: 
        !          3138:       CHECK_RANGE:
        !          3139:       while (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E')
        !          3140:         {
        !          3141:         inescq = FALSE;
        !          3142:         ptr += 2;
        !          3143:         }
        !          3144: 
        !          3145:       oldptr = ptr;
        !          3146: 
        !          3147:       /* Remember \r or \n */
        !          3148: 
        !          3149:       if (c == '\r' || c == '\n') cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
        !          3150: 
        !          3151:       /* Check for range */
        !          3152: 
        !          3153:       if (!inescq && ptr[1] == '-')
        !          3154:         {
        !          3155:         int d;
        !          3156:         ptr += 2;
        !          3157:         while (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E') ptr += 2;
        !          3158: 
        !          3159:         /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
        !          3160:         mode. */
        !          3161: 
        !          3162:         while (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'Q')
        !          3163:           {
        !          3164:           ptr += 2;
        !          3165:           if (*ptr == '\\' && ptr[1] == 'E') { ptr += 2; continue; }
        !          3166:           inescq = TRUE;
        !          3167:           break;
        !          3168:           }
        !          3169: 
        !          3170:         if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == ']'))
        !          3171:           {
        !          3172:           ptr = oldptr;
        !          3173:           goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
        !          3174:           }
        !          3175: 
        !          3176: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3177:         if (utf8)
        !          3178:           {                           /* Braces are required because the */
        !          3179:           GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
        !          3180:           }
        !          3181:         else
        !          3182: #endif
        !          3183:         d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
        !          3184: 
        !          3185:         /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
        !          3186:         not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
        !          3187:         in such circumstances. */
        !          3188: 
        !          3189:         if (!inescq && d == '\\')
        !          3190:           {
        !          3191:           d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
        !          3192:           if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
        !          3193: 
        !          3194:           /* \b is backspace; \X is literal X; \R is literal R; any other
        !          3195:           special means the '-' was literal */
        !          3196: 
        !          3197:           if (d < 0)
        !          3198:             {
        !          3199:             if (d == -ESC_b) d = '\b';
        !          3200:             else if (d == -ESC_X) d = 'X';
        !          3201:             else if (d == -ESC_R) d = 'R'; else
        !          3202:               {
        !          3203:               ptr = oldptr;
        !          3204:               goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
        !          3205:               }
        !          3206:             }
        !          3207:           }
        !          3208: 
        !          3209:         /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
        !          3210:         one-character ranges */
        !          3211: 
        !          3212:         if (d < c)
        !          3213:           {
        !          3214:           *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
        !          3215:           goto FAILED;
        !          3216:           }
        !          3217: 
        !          3218:         if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
        !          3219: 
        !          3220:         /* Remember \r or \n */
        !          3221: 
        !          3222:         if (d == '\r' || d == '\n') cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
        !          3223: 
        !          3224:         /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
        !          3225:         matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
        !          3226:         matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
        !          3227:         available. */
        !          3228: 
        !          3229: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3230:         if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
        !          3231:           {
        !          3232:           class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          3233: 
        !          3234:           /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
        !          3235:           the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
        !          3236:           they fit with the basic range. */
        !          3237: 
        !          3238: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          3239:           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
        !          3240:             {
        !          3241:             unsigned int occ, ocd;
        !          3242:             unsigned int cc = c;
        !          3243:             unsigned int origd = d;
        !          3244:             while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
        !          3245:               {
        !          3246:               if (occ >= (unsigned int)c &&
        !          3247:                   ocd <= (unsigned int)d)
        !          3248:                 continue;                          /* Skip embedded ranges */
        !          3249: 
        !          3250:               if (occ < (unsigned int)c  &&
        !          3251:                   ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1)      /* Extend the basic range */
        !          3252:                 {                                  /* if there is overlap,   */
        !          3253:                 c = occ;                           /* noting that if occ < c */
        !          3254:                 continue;                          /* we can't have ocd > d  */
        !          3255:                 }                                  /* because a subrange is  */
        !          3256:               if (ocd > (unsigned int)d &&
        !          3257:                   occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1)      /* always shorter than    */
        !          3258:                 {                                  /* the basic range.       */
        !          3259:                 d = ocd;
        !          3260:                 continue;
        !          3261:                 }
        !          3262: 
        !          3263:               if (occ == ocd)
        !          3264:                 {
        !          3265:                 *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          3266:                 }
        !          3267:               else
        !          3268:                 {
        !          3269:                 *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3270:                 class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
        !          3271:                 }
        !          3272:               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
        !          3273:               }
        !          3274:             }
        !          3275: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
        !          3276: 
        !          3277:           /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
        !          3278:           overlapping ranges. */
        !          3279: 
        !          3280:           *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
        !          3281:           class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
        !          3282:           class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
        !          3283: 
        !          3284:           /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
        !          3285:           caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
        !          3286:           for the smaller ones. */
        !          3287: 
        !          3288: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          3289:           continue;    /* With next character in the class */
        !          3290: #else
        !          3291:           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
        !          3292: 
        !          3293:           /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
        !          3294: 
        !          3295:           d = 127;
        !          3296: 
        !          3297: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
        !          3298:           }
        !          3299: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
        !          3300: 
        !          3301:         /* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
        !          3302:         ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
        !          3303:         for partial ranges without UCP support. */
        !          3304: 
        !          3305:         class_charcount += d - c + 1;
        !          3306:         class_lastchar = d;
        !          3307: 
        !          3308:         /* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */
        !          3309: 
        !          3310:         if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++)
        !          3311:           {
        !          3312:           classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
        !          3313:           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
        !          3314:             {
        !          3315:             int uc = cd->fcc[c];           /* flip case */
        !          3316:             classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
        !          3317:             }
        !          3318:           }
        !          3319: 
        !          3320:         continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
        !          3321:         }
        !          3322: 
        !          3323:       /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
        !          3324:       non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
        !          3325:       apparent range that isn't. */
        !          3326: 
        !          3327:       LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
        !          3328: 
        !          3329:       /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
        !          3330: 
        !          3331: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3332:       if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
        !          3333:         {
        !          3334:         class_utf8 = TRUE;
        !          3335:         *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          3336:         class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
        !          3337: 
        !          3338: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          3339:         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
        !          3340:           {
        !          3341:           unsigned int othercase;
        !          3342:           if ((othercase = _pcre_ucp_othercase(c)) != NOTACHAR)
        !          3343:             {
        !          3344:             *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
        !          3345:             class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
        !          3346:             }
        !          3347:           }
        !          3348: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
        !          3349: 
        !          3350:         }
        !          3351:       else
        !          3352: #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
        !          3353: 
        !          3354:       /* Handle a single-byte character */
        !          3355:         {
        !          3356:         classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
        !          3357:         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
        !          3358:           {
        !          3359:           c = cd->fcc[c];   /* flip case */
        !          3360:           classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
        !          3361:           }
        !          3362:         class_charcount++;
        !          3363:         class_lastchar = c;
        !          3364:         }
        !          3365:       }
        !          3366: 
        !          3367:     /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
        !          3368: 
        !          3369:     while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && (c != ']' || inescq));
        !          3370: 
        !          3371:     if (c == 0)                          /* Missing terminating ']' */
        !          3372:       {
        !          3373:       *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
        !          3374:       goto FAILED;
        !          3375:       }
        !          3376: 
        !          3377: 
        !          3378: /* This code has been disabled because it would mean that \s counts as
        !          3379: an explicit \r or \n reference, and that's not really what is wanted. Now
        !          3380: we set the flag only if there is a literal "\r" or "\n" in the class. */
        !          3381: 
        !          3382: #if 0
        !          3383:     /* Remember whether \r or \n are in this class */
        !          3384: 
        !          3385:     if (negate_class)
        !          3386:       {
        !          3387:       if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0x24) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
        !          3388:       }
        !          3389:     else
        !          3390:       {
        !          3391:       if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
        !          3392:       }
        !          3393: #endif
        !          3394: 
        !          3395: 
        !          3396:     /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
        !          3397:     less than 256. As long as there were no characters >= 128 and there was no
        !          3398:     use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS features, we can
        !          3399:     optimize.
        !          3400: 
        !          3401:     In UTF-8 mode, we can optimize the negative case only if there were no
        !          3402:     characters >= 128 because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR
        !          3403:     operate on single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day
        !          3404:     we can tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
        !          3405: 
        !          3406:     The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
        !          3407:     1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
        !          3408:     that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
        !          3409:     can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
        !          3410:     this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
        !          3411:     reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
        !          3412: 
        !          3413: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3414:     if (class_charcount == 1 && !class_utf8 &&
        !          3415:       (!utf8 || !negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))
        !          3416: #else
        !          3417:     if (class_charcount == 1)
        !          3418: #endif
        !          3419:       {
        !          3420:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          3421: 
        !          3422:       /* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
        !          3423: 
        !          3424:       if (negate_class)
        !          3425:         {
        !          3426:         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          3427:         zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          3428:         *code++ = OP_NOT;
        !          3429:         *code++ = class_lastchar;
        !          3430:         break;
        !          3431:         }
        !          3432: 
        !          3433:       /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
        !          3434:       then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
        !          3435: 
        !          3436: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3437:       if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
        !          3438:         mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
        !          3439:       else
        !          3440: #endif
        !          3441:         {
        !          3442:         mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
        !          3443:         mclength = 1;
        !          3444:         }
        !          3445:       goto ONE_CHAR;
        !          3446:       }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
        !          3447: 
        !          3448:     /* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
        !          3449:     thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
        !          3450:     repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
        !          3451:     repeat. */
        !          3452: 
        !          3453:     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          3454:     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          3455:     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          3456: 
        !          3457:     /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
        !          3458:     extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
        !          3459:     such as \S in the class, because in that case all characters > 255 are in
        !          3460:     the class, so any that were explicitly given as well can be ignored. If
        !          3461:     (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must be listed) there are no
        !          3462:     characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */
        !          3463: 
        !          3464: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3465:     if (class_utf8 && !should_flip_negation)
        !          3466:       {
        !          3467:       *class_utf8data++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
        !          3468:       *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
        !          3469:       code += LINK_SIZE;
        !          3470:       *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
        !          3471: 
        !          3472:       /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
        !          3473:       otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
        !          3474: 
        !          3475:       if (class_charcount > 0)
        !          3476:         {
        !          3477:         *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
        !          3478:         memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code);
        !          3479:         memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
        !          3480:         code = class_utf8data + 32;
        !          3481:         }
        !          3482:       else code = class_utf8data;
        !          3483: 
        !          3484:       /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
        !          3485: 
        !          3486:       PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
        !          3487:       break;   /* End of class handling */
        !          3488:       }
        !          3489: #endif
        !          3490: 
        !          3491:     /* If there are no characters > 255, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or
        !          3492:     OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the whole class was negated and whether
        !          3493:     there were negative specials such as \S in the class. Then copy the 32-byte
        !          3494:     map into the code vector, negating it if necessary. */
        !          3495: 
        !          3496:     *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
        !          3497:     if (negate_class)
        !          3498:       {
        !          3499:       if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
        !          3500:         for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
        !          3501:       }
        !          3502:     else
        !          3503:       {
        !          3504:       memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
        !          3505:       }
        !          3506:     code += 32;
        !          3507:     break;
        !          3508: 
        !          3509: 
        !          3510:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          3511:     /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
        !          3512:     has been tested above. */
        !          3513: 
        !          3514:     case '{':
        !          3515:     if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
        !          3516:     ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
        !          3517:     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
        !          3518:     goto REPEAT;
        !          3519: 
        !          3520:     case '*':
        !          3521:     repeat_min = 0;
        !          3522:     repeat_max = -1;
        !          3523:     goto REPEAT;
        !          3524: 
        !          3525:     case '+':
        !          3526:     repeat_min = 1;
        !          3527:     repeat_max = -1;
        !          3528:     goto REPEAT;
        !          3529: 
        !          3530:     case '?':
        !          3531:     repeat_min = 0;
        !          3532:     repeat_max = 1;
        !          3533: 
        !          3534:     REPEAT:
        !          3535:     if (previous == NULL)
        !          3536:       {
        !          3537:       *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
        !          3538:       goto FAILED;
        !          3539:       }
        !          3540: 
        !          3541:     if (repeat_min == 0)
        !          3542:       {
        !          3543:       firstbyte = zerofirstbyte;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
        !          3544:       reqbyte = zeroreqbyte;        /* Ditto */
        !          3545:       }
        !          3546: 
        !          3547:     /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
        !          3548: 
        !          3549:     reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
        !          3550: 
        !          3551:     op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
        !          3552:     possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
        !          3553: 
        !          3554:     /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
        !          3555:     for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
        !          3556: 
        !          3557:     tempcode = previous;
        !          3558: 
        !          3559:     /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
        !          3560:     implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
        !          3561:     If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
        !          3562:     but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
        !          3563:     repeat type to the non-default. */
        !          3564: 
        !          3565:     if (ptr[1] == '+')
        !          3566:       {
        !          3567:       repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
        !          3568:       possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
        !          3569:       ptr++;
        !          3570:       }
        !          3571:     else if (ptr[1] == '?')
        !          3572:       {
        !          3573:       repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
        !          3574:       ptr++;
        !          3575:       }
        !          3576:     else repeat_type = greedy_default;
        !          3577: 
        !          3578:     /* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
        !          3579:     repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
        !          3580:     that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
        !          3581:     the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
        !          3582:     instead.  */
        !          3583: 
        !          3584:     if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
        !          3585:       {
        !          3586:       /* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
        !          3587:       easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
        !          3588:       hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
        !          3589:       length rather than a small character. */
        !          3590: 
        !          3591: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3592:       if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
        !          3593:         {
        !          3594:         uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
        !          3595:         while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
        !          3596:         c = code - lastchar;            /* Length of UTF-8 character */
        !          3597:         memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
        !          3598:         c |= 0x80;                      /* Flag c as a length */
        !          3599:         }
        !          3600:       else
        !          3601: #endif
        !          3602: 
        !          3603:       /* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
        !          3604:       with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
        !          3605: 
        !          3606:         {
        !          3607:         c = code[-1];
        !          3608:         if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
        !          3609:         }
        !          3610: 
        !          3611:       /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
        !          3612:       the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
        !          3613:       automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
        !          3614:       where the match fails. */
        !          3615: 
        !          3616:       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
        !          3617:           repeat_max < 0 &&
        !          3618:           check_auto_possessive(*previous, c, utf8, utf8_char, ptr + 1,
        !          3619:             options, cd))
        !          3620:         {
        !          3621:         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
        !          3622:         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
        !          3623:         }
        !          3624: 
        !          3625:       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
        !          3626:       }
        !          3627: 
        !          3628:     /* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
        !          3629:     one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
        !          3630:     character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
        !          3631:     repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT is
        !          3632:     currently used only for single-byte chars. */
        !          3633: 
        !          3634:     else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
        !          3635:       {
        !          3636:       op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use "not" opcodes */
        !          3637:       c = previous[1];
        !          3638:       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
        !          3639:           repeat_max < 0 &&
        !          3640:           check_auto_possessive(OP_NOT, c, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
        !          3641:         {
        !          3642:         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
        !          3643:         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
        !          3644:         }
        !          3645:       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
        !          3646:       }
        !          3647: 
        !          3648:     /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
        !          3649:     create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
        !          3650:     repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
        !          3651:     the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
        !          3652:     defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
        !          3653:     makes it horribly messy. */
        !          3654: 
        !          3655:     else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
        !          3656:       {
        !          3657:       uschar *oldcode;
        !          3658:       int prop_type, prop_value;
        !          3659:       op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
        !          3660:       c = *previous;
        !          3661: 
        !          3662:       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
        !          3663:           repeat_max < 0 &&
        !          3664:           check_auto_possessive(c, 0, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
        !          3665:         {
        !          3666:         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
        !          3667:         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
        !          3668:         }
        !          3669: 
        !          3670:       OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
        !          3671:       if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
        !          3672:         {
        !          3673:         prop_type = previous[1];
        !          3674:         prop_value = previous[2];
        !          3675:         }
        !          3676:       else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
        !          3677: 
        !          3678:       oldcode = code;
        !          3679:       code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
        !          3680: 
        !          3681:       /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
        !          3682:       this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
        !          3683: 
        !          3684:       if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
        !          3685: 
        !          3686:       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
        !          3687:       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
        !          3688: 
        !          3689:       if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
        !          3690: 
        !          3691:       /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
        !          3692: 
        !          3693:       repeat_type += op_type;
        !          3694: 
        !          3695:       /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
        !          3696:       an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
        !          3697: 
        !          3698:       if (repeat_min == 0)
        !          3699:         {
        !          3700:         if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
        !          3701:           else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
        !          3702:         else
        !          3703:           {
        !          3704:           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
        !          3705:           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
        !          3706:           }
        !          3707:         }
        !          3708: 
        !          3709:       /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
        !          3710:       maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
        !          3711:       left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
        !          3712:       one less than the maximum. */
        !          3713: 
        !          3714:       else if (repeat_min == 1)
        !          3715:         {
        !          3716:         if (repeat_max == -1)
        !          3717:           *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
        !          3718:         else
        !          3719:           {
        !          3720:           code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
        !          3721:           if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
        !          3722:           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
        !          3723:           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
        !          3724:           }
        !          3725:         }
        !          3726: 
        !          3727:       /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
        !          3728:       handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
        !          3729: 
        !          3730:       else
        !          3731:         {
        !          3732:         *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
        !          3733:         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
        !          3734: 
        !          3735:         /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
        !          3736:         we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
        !          3737:         Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
        !          3738:         required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
        !          3739:         c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
        !          3740: 
        !          3741:         if (repeat_max < 0)
        !          3742:           {
        !          3743: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3744:           if (utf8 && c >= 128)
        !          3745:             {
        !          3746:             memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
        !          3747:             code += c & 7;
        !          3748:             }
        !          3749:           else
        !          3750: #endif
        !          3751:             {
        !          3752:             *code++ = c;
        !          3753:             if (prop_type >= 0)
        !          3754:               {
        !          3755:               *code++ = prop_type;
        !          3756:               *code++ = prop_value;
        !          3757:               }
        !          3758:             }
        !          3759:           *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
        !          3760:           }
        !          3761: 
        !          3762:         /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
        !          3763:         preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
        !          3764:         UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
        !          3765: 
        !          3766:         else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
        !          3767:           {
        !          3768: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3769:           if (utf8 && c >= 128)
        !          3770:             {
        !          3771:             memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
        !          3772:             code += c & 7;
        !          3773:             }
        !          3774:           else
        !          3775: #endif
        !          3776:           *code++ = c;
        !          3777:           if (prop_type >= 0)
        !          3778:             {
        !          3779:             *code++ = prop_type;
        !          3780:             *code++ = prop_value;
        !          3781:             }
        !          3782:           repeat_max -= repeat_min;
        !          3783: 
        !          3784:           if (repeat_max == 1)
        !          3785:             {
        !          3786:             *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
        !          3787:             }
        !          3788:           else
        !          3789:             {
        !          3790:             *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
        !          3791:             PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
        !          3792:             }
        !          3793:           }
        !          3794:         }
        !          3795: 
        !          3796:       /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
        !          3797: 
        !          3798: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3799:       if (utf8 && c >= 128)
        !          3800:         {
        !          3801:         memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
        !          3802:         code += c & 7;
        !          3803:         }
        !          3804:       else
        !          3805: #endif
        !          3806:       *code++ = c;
        !          3807: 
        !          3808:       /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
        !          3809:       define the required property. */
        !          3810: 
        !          3811: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          3812:       if (prop_type >= 0)
        !          3813:         {
        !          3814:         *code++ = prop_type;
        !          3815:         *code++ = prop_value;
        !          3816:         }
        !          3817: #endif
        !          3818:       }
        !          3819: 
        !          3820:     /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
        !          3821:     stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
        !          3822: 
        !          3823:     else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
        !          3824:              *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
        !          3825: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          3826:              *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
        !          3827: #endif
        !          3828:              *previous == OP_REF)
        !          3829:       {
        !          3830:       if (repeat_max == 0)
        !          3831:         {
        !          3832:         code = previous;
        !          3833:         goto END_REPEAT;
        !          3834:         }
        !          3835: 
        !          3836:       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
        !          3837:       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
        !          3838: 
        !          3839:       if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
        !          3840: 
        !          3841:       if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
        !          3842:         *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
        !          3843:       else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
        !          3844:         *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
        !          3845:       else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
        !          3846:         *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
        !          3847:       else
        !          3848:         {
        !          3849:         *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
        !          3850:         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
        !          3851:         if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
        !          3852:         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
        !          3853:         }
        !          3854:       }
        !          3855: 
        !          3856:     /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
        !          3857:     cases. */
        !          3858: 
        !          3859:     else if (*previous == OP_BRA  || *previous == OP_CBRA ||
        !          3860:              *previous == OP_ONCE || *previous == OP_COND)
        !          3861:       {
        !          3862:       register int i;
        !          3863:       int ketoffset = 0;
        !          3864:       int len = code - previous;
        !          3865:       uschar *bralink = NULL;
        !          3866: 
        !          3867:       /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless */
        !          3868: 
        !          3869:       if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
        !          3870:         {
        !          3871:         *errorcodeptr = ERR55;
        !          3872:         goto FAILED;
        !          3873:         }
        !          3874: 
        !          3875:       /* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
        !          3876:       by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
        !          3877:       from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
        !          3878:       the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
        !          3879:       pointer. */
        !          3880: 
        !          3881:       if (repeat_max == -1)
        !          3882:         {
        !          3883:         register uschar *ket = previous;
        !          3884:         do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
        !          3885:         ketoffset = code - ket;
        !          3886:         }
        !          3887: 
        !          3888:       /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
        !          3889:       OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
        !          3890:       data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
        !          3891:       this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
        !          3892:       the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
        !          3893:       minimum is zero. */
        !          3894: 
        !          3895:       if (repeat_min == 0)
        !          3896:         {
        !          3897:         /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
        !          3898:         output altogether, like this:
        !          3899: 
        !          3900:         ** if (repeat_max == 0)
        !          3901:         **   {
        !          3902:         **   code = previous;
        !          3903:         **   goto END_REPEAT;
        !          3904:         **   }
        !          3905: 
        !          3906:         However, that fails when a group is referenced as a subroutine from
        !          3907:         elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it
        !          3908:         so that it is skipped on execution. As we don't have a list of which
        !          3909:         groups are referenced, we cannot do this selectively.
        !          3910: 
        !          3911:         If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
        !          3912:         and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
        !          3913:         OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
        !          3914:         internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
        !          3915:         start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
        !          3916:         this. */
        !          3917: 
        !          3918:         if (repeat_max <= 1)    /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
        !          3919:           {
        !          3920:           *code = OP_END;
        !          3921:           adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
        !          3922:           memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
        !          3923:           code++;
        !          3924:           if (repeat_max == 0)
        !          3925:             {
        !          3926:             *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
        !          3927:             goto END_REPEAT;
        !          3928:             }
        !          3929:           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
        !          3930:           }
        !          3931: 
        !          3932:         /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
        !          3933:         in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
        !          3934:         The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
        !          3935:         copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
        !          3936:         that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
        !          3937:         adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
        !          3938:         again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
        !          3939: 
        !          3940:         else
        !          3941:           {
        !          3942:           int offset;
        !          3943:           *code = OP_END;
        !          3944:           adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
        !          3945:           memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
        !          3946:           code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          3947:           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
        !          3948:           *previous++ = OP_BRA;
        !          3949: 
        !          3950:           /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
        !          3951:           filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
        !          3952: 
        !          3953:           offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
        !          3954:           bralink = previous;
        !          3955:           PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
        !          3956:           }
        !          3957: 
        !          3958:         repeat_max--;
        !          3959:         }
        !          3960: 
        !          3961:       /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
        !          3962:       times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
        !          3963:       copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
        !          3964:       set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
        !          3965:       forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
        !          3966:       the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
        !          3967: 
        !          3968:       else
        !          3969:         {
        !          3970:         if (repeat_min > 1)
        !          3971:           {
        !          3972:           /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
        !          3973:           just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
        !          3974:           potential integer overflow. */
        !          3975: 
        !          3976:           if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          3977:             {
        !          3978:             int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
        !          3979:             if ((double)(repeat_min - 1)*(double)length_prevgroup >
        !          3980:                                                             (double)INT_MAX ||
        !          3981:                 OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
        !          3982:               {
        !          3983:               *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
        !          3984:               goto FAILED;
        !          3985:               }
        !          3986:             *lengthptr += delta;
        !          3987:             }
        !          3988: 
        !          3989:           /* This is compiling for real */
        !          3990: 
        !          3991:           else
        !          3992:             {
        !          3993:             if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
        !          3994:             for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
        !          3995:               {
        !          3996:               uschar *hc;
        !          3997:               uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
        !          3998:               memcpy(code, previous, len);
        !          3999:               for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
        !          4000:                 {
        !          4001:                 PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
        !          4002:                 cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
        !          4003:                 }
        !          4004:               save_hwm = this_hwm;
        !          4005:               code += len;
        !          4006:               }
        !          4007:             }
        !          4008:           }
        !          4009: 
        !          4010:         if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
        !          4011:         }
        !          4012: 
        !          4013:       /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
        !          4014:       the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
        !          4015:       remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
        !          4016:       the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
        !          4017:       the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
        !          4018:       replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
        !          4019: 
        !          4020:       if (repeat_max >= 0)
        !          4021:         {
        !          4022:         /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
        !          4023:         just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
        !          4024:         to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
        !          4025:         add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
        !          4026:         paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. */
        !          4027: 
        !          4028:         if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
        !          4029:           {
        !          4030:           int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
        !          4031:                       2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
        !          4032:           if ((double)repeat_max *
        !          4033:                 (double)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
        !          4034:                   > (double)INT_MAX ||
        !          4035:               OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
        !          4036:             {
        !          4037:             *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
        !          4038:             goto FAILED;
        !          4039:             }
        !          4040:           *lengthptr += delta;
        !          4041:           }
        !          4042: 
        !          4043:         /* This is compiling for real */
        !          4044: 
        !          4045:         else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
        !          4046:           {
        !          4047:           uschar *hc;
        !          4048:           uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
        !          4049: 
        !          4050:           *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
        !          4051: 
        !          4052:           /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
        !          4053:           chain of brackets outstanding. */
        !          4054: 
        !          4055:           if (i != 0)
        !          4056:             {
        !          4057:             int offset;
        !          4058:             *code++ = OP_BRA;
        !          4059:             offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
        !          4060:             bralink = code;
        !          4061:             PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
        !          4062:             }
        !          4063: 
        !          4064:           memcpy(code, previous, len);
        !          4065:           for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
        !          4066:             {
        !          4067:             PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
        !          4068:             cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
        !          4069:             }
        !          4070:           save_hwm = this_hwm;
        !          4071:           code += len;
        !          4072:           }
        !          4073: 
        !          4074:         /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
        !          4075:         fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
        !          4076: 
        !          4077:         while (bralink != NULL)
        !          4078:           {
        !          4079:           int oldlinkoffset;
        !          4080:           int offset = code - bralink + 1;
        !          4081:           uschar *bra = code - offset;
        !          4082:           oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
        !          4083:           bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
        !          4084:           *code++ = OP_KET;
        !          4085:           PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
        !          4086:           PUT(bra, 1, offset);
        !          4087:           }
        !          4088:         }
        !          4089: 
        !          4090:       /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
        !          4091:       can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
        !          4092:       don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
        !          4093:       correct offset was computed above.
        !          4094: 
        !          4095:       Then, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether
        !          4096:       this group is a non-atomic one that could match an empty string. If so,
        !          4097:       convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
        !          4098:       that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to
        !          4099:       atomic groups at runtime, but in a different way.] */
        !          4100: 
        !          4101:       else
        !          4102:         {
        !          4103:         uschar *ketcode = code - ketoffset;
        !          4104:         uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
        !          4105:         *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
        !          4106:         if (lengthptr == NULL && *bracode != OP_ONCE)
        !          4107:           {
        !          4108:           uschar *scode = bracode;
        !          4109:           do
        !          4110:             {
        !          4111:             if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8))
        !          4112:               {
        !          4113:               *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
        !          4114:               break;
        !          4115:               }
        !          4116:             scode += GET(scode, 1);
        !          4117:             }
        !          4118:           while (*scode == OP_ALT);
        !          4119:           }
        !          4120:         }
        !          4121:       }
        !          4122: 
        !          4123:     /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
        !          4124:     JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
        !          4125:     by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
        !          4126:     error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
        !          4127: 
        !          4128:     else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
        !          4129: 
        !          4130:     /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
        !          4131: 
        !          4132:     else
        !          4133:       {
        !          4134:       *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
        !          4135:       goto FAILED;
        !          4136:       }
        !          4137: 
        !          4138:     /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
        !          4139:     tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some of the
        !          4140:     simpler opcodes, there is an special alternative opcode for this. For
        !          4141:     anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets.
        !          4142:     The '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package,
        !          4143:     but the special opcodes can optimize it a bit. The repeated item starts at
        !          4144:     tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
        !          4145:     (former) last char we repeated.
        !          4146: 
        !          4147:     Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
        !          4148:     an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
        !          4149:     length of what remains before proceeding. */
        !          4150: 
        !          4151:     if (possessive_quantifier)
        !          4152:       {
        !          4153:       int len;
        !          4154:       if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT ||
        !          4155:           *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
        !          4156:         tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode] +
        !          4157:           ((*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT &&
        !          4158:              (tempcode[3] == OP_PROP || tempcode[3] == OP_NOTPROP))? 2:0);
        !          4159:       len = code - tempcode;
        !          4160:       if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
        !          4161:         {
        !          4162:         case OP_STAR:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
        !          4163:         case OP_PLUS:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
        !          4164:         case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
        !          4165:         case OP_UPTO:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
        !          4166: 
        !          4167:         case OP_TYPESTAR:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
        !          4168:         case OP_TYPEPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
        !          4169:         case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
        !          4170:         case OP_TYPEUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
        !          4171: 
        !          4172:         case OP_NOTSTAR:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
        !          4173:         case OP_NOTPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
        !          4174:         case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
        !          4175:         case OP_NOTUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
        !          4176: 
        !          4177:         default:
        !          4178:         memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
        !          4179:         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          4180:         len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          4181:         tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
        !          4182:         *code++ = OP_KET;
        !          4183:         PUTINC(code, 0, len);
        !          4184:         PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
        !          4185:         break;
        !          4186:         }
        !          4187:       }
        !          4188: 
        !          4189:     /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
        !          4190:     "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
        !          4191:     it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
        !          4192: 
        !          4193:     END_REPEAT:
        !          4194:     previous = NULL;
        !          4195:     cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
        !          4196:     break;
        !          4197: 
        !          4198: 
        !          4199:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          4200:     /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
        !          4201:     lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
        !          4202:     parenthesis forms.  */
        !          4203: 
        !          4204:     case '(':
        !          4205:     newoptions = options;
        !          4206:     skipbytes = 0;
        !          4207:     bravalue = OP_CBRA;
        !          4208:     save_hwm = cd->hwm;
        !          4209:     reset_bracount = FALSE;
        !          4210: 
        !          4211:     /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
        !          4212: 
        !          4213:     if (*(++ptr) == '*' && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)
        !          4214:       {
        !          4215:       int i, namelen;
        !          4216:       const char *vn = verbnames;
        !          4217:       const uschar *name = ++ptr;
        !          4218:       previous = NULL;
        !          4219:       while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0);
        !          4220:       if (*ptr == ':')
        !          4221:         {
        !          4222:         *errorcodeptr = ERR59;   /* Not supported */
        !          4223:         goto FAILED;
        !          4224:         }
        !          4225:       if (*ptr != ')')
        !          4226:         {
        !          4227:         *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
        !          4228:         goto FAILED;
        !          4229:         }
        !          4230:       namelen = ptr - name;
        !          4231:       for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
        !          4232:         {
        !          4233:         if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
        !          4234:             strncmp((char *)name, vn, namelen) == 0)
        !          4235:           {
        !          4236:           *code = verbs[i].op;
        !          4237:           if (*code++ == OP_ACCEPT) cd->had_accept = TRUE;
        !          4238:           break;
        !          4239:           }
        !          4240:         vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
        !          4241:         }
        !          4242:       if (i < verbcount) continue;
        !          4243:       *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
        !          4244:       goto FAILED;
        !          4245:       }
        !          4246: 
        !          4247:     /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
        !          4248:     appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
        !          4249: 
        !          4250:     else if (*ptr == '?')
        !          4251:       {
        !          4252:       int i, set, unset, namelen;
        !          4253:       int *optset;
        !          4254:       const uschar *name;
        !          4255:       uschar *slot;
        !          4256: 
        !          4257:       switch (*(++ptr))
        !          4258:         {
        !          4259:         case '#':                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
        !          4260:         ptr++;
        !          4261:         while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != ')') ptr++;
        !          4262:         if (*ptr == 0)
        !          4263:           {
        !          4264:           *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
        !          4265:           goto FAILED;
        !          4266:           }
        !          4267:         continue;
        !          4268: 
        !          4269: 
        !          4270:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4271:         case '|':                 /* Reset capture count for each branch */
        !          4272:         reset_bracount = TRUE;
        !          4273:         /* Fall through */
        !          4274: 
        !          4275:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4276:         case ':':                 /* Non-capturing bracket */
        !          4277:         bravalue = OP_BRA;
        !          4278:         ptr++;
        !          4279:         break;
        !          4280: 
        !          4281: 
        !          4282:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4283:         case '(':
        !          4284:         bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
        !          4285: 
        !          4286:         /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
        !          4287:         group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
        !          4288:         recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
        !          4289: 
        !          4290:         There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
        !          4291:         by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
        !          4292: 
        !          4293:         There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
        !          4294:         be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
        !          4295:         by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
        !          4296:         In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
        !          4297:         cases. */
        !          4298: 
        !          4299:         /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
        !          4300:         the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
        !          4301:         including assertions, are processed. */
        !          4302: 
        !          4303:         if (ptr[1] == '?' && (ptr[2] == '=' || ptr[2] == '!' || ptr[2] == '<'))
        !          4304:           break;
        !          4305: 
        !          4306:         /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
        !          4307:         below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */
        !          4308: 
        !          4309:         code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
        !          4310:         skipbytes = 3;
        !          4311:         refsign = -1;
        !          4312: 
        !          4313:         /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
        !          4314: 
        !          4315:         if (ptr[1] == 'R' && ptr[2] == '&')
        !          4316:           {
        !          4317:           terminator = -1;
        !          4318:           ptr += 2;
        !          4319:           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;    /* Change the type of test */
        !          4320:           }
        !          4321: 
        !          4322:         /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
        !          4323:         syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
        !          4324: 
        !          4325:         else if (ptr[1] == '<')
        !          4326:           {
        !          4327:           terminator = '>';
        !          4328:           ptr++;
        !          4329:           }
        !          4330:         else if (ptr[1] == '\'')
        !          4331:           {
        !          4332:           terminator = '\'';
        !          4333:           ptr++;
        !          4334:           }
        !          4335:         else
        !          4336:           {
        !          4337:           terminator = 0;
        !          4338:           if (ptr[1] == '-' || ptr[1] == '+') refsign = *(++ptr);
        !          4339:           }
        !          4340: 
        !          4341:         /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
        !          4342: 
        !          4343:         if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
        !          4344:           {
        !          4345:           ptr += 1;  /* To get the right offset */
        !          4346:           *errorcodeptr = ERR28;
        !          4347:           goto FAILED;
        !          4348:           }
        !          4349: 
        !          4350:         /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
        !          4351: 
        !          4352:         recno = 0;
        !          4353:         name = ++ptr;
        !          4354:         while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
        !          4355:           {
        !          4356:           if (recno >= 0)
        !          4357:             recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)?
        !          4358:               recno * 10 + *ptr - '0' : -1;
        !          4359:           ptr++;
        !          4360:           }
        !          4361:         namelen = ptr - name;
        !          4362: 
        !          4363:         if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) || *ptr++ != ')')
        !          4364:           {
        !          4365:           ptr--;      /* Error offset */
        !          4366:           *errorcodeptr = ERR26;
        !          4367:           goto FAILED;
        !          4368:           }
        !          4369: 
        !          4370:         /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
        !          4371: 
        !          4372:         if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
        !          4373: 
        !          4374:         /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
        !          4375:         reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
        !          4376:         be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
        !          4377: 
        !          4378:         if (refsign > 0)
        !          4379:           {
        !          4380:           if (recno <= 0)
        !          4381:             {
        !          4382:             *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
        !          4383:             goto FAILED;
        !          4384:             }
        !          4385:           recno = (refsign == '-')?
        !          4386:             cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
        !          4387:           if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
        !          4388:             {
        !          4389:             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !          4390:             goto FAILED;
        !          4391:             }
        !          4392:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
        !          4393:           break;
        !          4394:           }
        !          4395: 
        !          4396:         /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
        !          4397:         name. */
        !          4398: 
        !          4399:         slot = cd->name_table;
        !          4400:         for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
        !          4401:           {
        !          4402:           if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
        !          4403:           slot += cd->name_entry_size;
        !          4404:           }
        !          4405: 
        !          4406:         /* Found a previous named subpattern */
        !          4407: 
        !          4408:         if (i < cd->names_found)
        !          4409:           {
        !          4410:           recno = GET2(slot, 0);
        !          4411:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
        !          4412:           }
        !          4413: 
        !          4414:         /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
        !          4415: 
        !          4416:         else if ((i = find_parens(ptr, cd, name, namelen,
        !          4417:                         (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) > 0)
        !          4418:           {
        !          4419:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
        !          4420:           }
        !          4421: 
        !          4422:         /* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after
        !          4423:         the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are
        !          4424:         some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0
        !          4425:         [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
        !          4426:         now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
        !          4427: 
        !          4428:         else if (terminator != 0)
        !          4429:           {
        !          4430:           *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !          4431:           goto FAILED;
        !          4432:           }
        !          4433: 
        !          4434:         /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
        !          4435:         specific group number. */
        !          4436: 
        !          4437:         else if (*name == 'R')
        !          4438:           {
        !          4439:           recno = 0;
        !          4440:           for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
        !          4441:             {
        !          4442:             if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
        !          4443:               {
        !          4444:               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !          4445:               goto FAILED;
        !          4446:               }
        !          4447:             recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - '0';
        !          4448:             }
        !          4449:           if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
        !          4450:           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;      /* Change test type */
        !          4451:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
        !          4452:           }
        !          4453: 
        !          4454:         /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
        !          4455:         false. */
        !          4456: 
        !          4457:         else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, "DEFINE", 6) == 0)
        !          4458:           {
        !          4459:           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
        !          4460:           skipbytes = 1;
        !          4461:           }
        !          4462: 
        !          4463:         /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
        !          4464:         in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
        !          4465: 
        !          4466:         else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
        !          4467:           {
        !          4468:           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
        !          4469:           }
        !          4470: 
        !          4471:         /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
        !          4472: 
        !          4473:         else
        !          4474:           {
        !          4475:           *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
        !          4476:           goto FAILED;
        !          4477:           }
        !          4478:         break;
        !          4479: 
        !          4480: 
        !          4481:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4482:         case '=':                 /* Positive lookahead */
        !          4483:         bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
        !          4484:         ptr++;
        !          4485:         break;
        !          4486: 
        !          4487: 
        !          4488:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4489:         case '!':                 /* Negative lookahead */
        !          4490:         ptr++;
        !          4491:         if (*ptr == ')')          /* Optimize (?!) */
        !          4492:           {
        !          4493:           *code++ = OP_FAIL;
        !          4494:           previous = NULL;
        !          4495:           continue;
        !          4496:           }
        !          4497:         bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
        !          4498:         break;
        !          4499: 
        !          4500: 
        !          4501:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4502:         case '<':                 /* Lookbehind or named define */
        !          4503:         switch (ptr[1])
        !          4504:           {
        !          4505:           case '=':               /* Positive lookbehind */
        !          4506:           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
        !          4507:           ptr += 2;
        !          4508:           break;
        !          4509: 
        !          4510:           case '!':               /* Negative lookbehind */
        !          4511:           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
        !          4512:           ptr += 2;
        !          4513:           break;
        !          4514: 
        !          4515:           default:                /* Could be name define, else bad */
        !          4516:           if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME;
        !          4517:           ptr++;                  /* Correct offset for error */
        !          4518:           *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
        !          4519:           goto FAILED;
        !          4520:           }
        !          4521:         break;
        !          4522: 
        !          4523: 
        !          4524:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4525:         case '>':                 /* One-time brackets */
        !          4526:         bravalue = OP_ONCE;
        !          4527:         ptr++;
        !          4528:         break;
        !          4529: 
        !          4530: 
        !          4531:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4532:         case 'C':                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
        !          4533:         previous_callout = code;  /* Save for later completion */
        !          4534:         after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
        !          4535:         *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
        !          4536:           {
        !          4537:           int n = 0;
        !          4538:           while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
        !          4539:             n = n * 10 + *ptr - '0';
        !          4540:           if (*ptr != ')')
        !          4541:             {
        !          4542:             *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
        !          4543:             goto FAILED;
        !          4544:             }
        !          4545:           if (n > 255)
        !          4546:             {
        !          4547:             *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
        !          4548:             goto FAILED;
        !          4549:             }
        !          4550:           *code++ = n;
        !          4551:           PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1);  /* Pattern offset */
        !          4552:           PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                    /* Default length */
        !          4553:           code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
        !          4554:           }
        !          4555:         previous = NULL;
        !          4556:         continue;
        !          4557: 
        !          4558: 
        !          4559:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4560:         case 'P':                 /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
        !          4561:         if (*(++ptr) == '=' || *ptr == '>')  /* Reference or recursion */
        !          4562:           {
        !          4563:           is_recurse = *ptr == '>';
        !          4564:           terminator = ')';
        !          4565:           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
        !          4566:           }
        !          4567:         else if (*ptr != '<')    /* Test for Python-style definition */
        !          4568:           {
        !          4569:           *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
        !          4570:           goto FAILED;
        !          4571:           }
        !          4572:         /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
        !          4573: 
        !          4574: 
        !          4575:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4576:         DEFINE_NAME:    /* Come here from (?< handling */
        !          4577:         case '\'':
        !          4578:           {
        !          4579:           terminator = (*ptr == '<')? '>' : '\'';
        !          4580:           name = ++ptr;
        !          4581: 
        !          4582:           while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
        !          4583:           namelen = ptr - name;
        !          4584: 
        !          4585:           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
        !          4586: 
        !          4587:           if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          4588:             {
        !          4589:             if (*ptr != terminator)
        !          4590:               {
        !          4591:               *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
        !          4592:               goto FAILED;
        !          4593:               }
        !          4594:             if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
        !          4595:               {
        !          4596:               *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
        !          4597:               goto FAILED;
        !          4598:               }
        !          4599:             if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size)
        !          4600:               {
        !          4601:               cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3;
        !          4602:               if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
        !          4603:                 {
        !          4604:                 *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
        !          4605:                 goto FAILED;
        !          4606:                 }
        !          4607:               }
        !          4608:             }
        !          4609: 
        !          4610:           /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table */
        !          4611: 
        !          4612:           else
        !          4613:             {
        !          4614:             slot = cd->name_table;
        !          4615:             for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
        !          4616:               {
        !          4617:               int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
        !          4618:               if (crc == 0)
        !          4619:                 {
        !          4620:                 if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
        !          4621:                   {
        !          4622:                   if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
        !          4623:                     {
        !          4624:                     *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
        !          4625:                     goto FAILED;
        !          4626:                     }
        !          4627:                   }
        !          4628:                 else crc = -1;      /* Current name is substring */
        !          4629:                 }
        !          4630:               if (crc < 0)
        !          4631:                 {
        !          4632:                 memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
        !          4633:                   (cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
        !          4634:                 break;
        !          4635:                 }
        !          4636:               slot += cd->name_entry_size;
        !          4637:               }
        !          4638: 
        !          4639:             PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
        !          4640:             memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
        !          4641:             slot[2+namelen] = 0;
        !          4642:             }
        !          4643:           }
        !          4644: 
        !          4645:         /* In both cases, count the number of names we've encountered. */
        !          4646: 
        !          4647:         ptr++;                    /* Move past > or ' */
        !          4648:         cd->names_found++;
        !          4649:         goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
        !          4650: 
        !          4651: 
        !          4652:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4653:         case '&':                 /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
        !          4654:         terminator = ')';
        !          4655:         is_recurse = TRUE;
        !          4656:         /* Fall through */
        !          4657: 
        !          4658:         /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
        !          4659:         references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
        !          4660:         through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
        !          4661:         the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
        !          4662:         .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
        !          4663: 
        !          4664:         NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
        !          4665:         name = ++ptr;
        !          4666:         while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
        !          4667:         namelen = ptr - name;
        !          4668: 
        !          4669:         /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check and set a dummy
        !          4670:         reference number. */
        !          4671: 
        !          4672:         if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          4673:           {
        !          4674:           if (namelen == 0)
        !          4675:             {
        !          4676:             *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
        !          4677:             goto FAILED;
        !          4678:             }
        !          4679:           if (*ptr != terminator)
        !          4680:             {
        !          4681:             *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
        !          4682:             goto FAILED;
        !          4683:             }
        !          4684:           if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
        !          4685:             {
        !          4686:             *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
        !          4687:             goto FAILED;
        !          4688:             }
        !          4689:           recno = 0;
        !          4690:           }
        !          4691: 
        !          4692:         /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
        !          4693:         first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
        !          4694:         table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
        !          4695:         the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
        !          4696: 
        !          4697:         else
        !          4698:           {
        !          4699:           slot = cd->name_table;
        !          4700:           for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
        !          4701:             {
        !          4702:             if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0 &&
        !          4703:                 slot[2+namelen] == 0)
        !          4704:               break;
        !          4705:             slot += cd->name_entry_size;
        !          4706:             }
        !          4707: 
        !          4708:           if (i < cd->names_found)         /* Back reference */
        !          4709:             {
        !          4710:             recno = GET2(slot, 0);
        !          4711:             }
        !          4712:           else if ((recno =                /* Forward back reference */
        !          4713:                     find_parens(ptr, cd, name, namelen,
        !          4714:                       (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) <= 0)
        !          4715:             {
        !          4716:             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !          4717:             goto FAILED;
        !          4718:             }
        !          4719:           }
        !          4720: 
        !          4721:         /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
        !          4722:         recursion or backreferences. */
        !          4723: 
        !          4724:         if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
        !          4725:           else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
        !          4726: 
        !          4727: 
        !          4728:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4729:         case 'R':                 /* Recursion */
        !          4730:         ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
        !          4731:         /* Fall through */
        !          4732: 
        !          4733: 
        !          4734:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4735:         case '-': case '+':
        !          4736:         case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':   /* Recursion or */
        !          4737:         case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':   /* subroutine */
        !          4738:           {
        !          4739:           const uschar *called;
        !          4740:           terminator = ')';
        !          4741: 
        !          4742:           /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
        !          4743:           compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
        !          4744:           the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
        !          4745:           be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
        !          4746:           ever be taken. */
        !          4747: 
        !          4748:           HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
        !          4749: 
        !          4750:           if ((refsign = *ptr) == '+')
        !          4751:             {
        !          4752:             ptr++;
        !          4753:             if ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
        !          4754:               {
        !          4755:               *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
        !          4756:               goto FAILED;
        !          4757:               }
        !          4758:             }
        !          4759:           else if (refsign == '-')
        !          4760:             {
        !          4761:             if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
        !          4762:               goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
        !          4763:             ptr++;
        !          4764:             }
        !          4765: 
        !          4766:           recno = 0;
        !          4767:           while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
        !          4768:             recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - '0';
        !          4769: 
        !          4770:           if (*ptr != terminator)
        !          4771:             {
        !          4772:             *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
        !          4773:             goto FAILED;
        !          4774:             }
        !          4775: 
        !          4776:           if (refsign == '-')
        !          4777:             {
        !          4778:             if (recno == 0)
        !          4779:               {
        !          4780:               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
        !          4781:               goto FAILED;
        !          4782:               }
        !          4783:             recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
        !          4784:             if (recno <= 0)
        !          4785:               {
        !          4786:               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !          4787:               goto FAILED;
        !          4788:               }
        !          4789:             }
        !          4790:           else if (refsign == '+')
        !          4791:             {
        !          4792:             if (recno == 0)
        !          4793:               {
        !          4794:               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
        !          4795:               goto FAILED;
        !          4796:               }
        !          4797:             recno += cd->bracount;
        !          4798:             }
        !          4799: 
        !          4800:           /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
        !          4801: 
        !          4802:           HANDLE_RECURSION:
        !          4803: 
        !          4804:           previous = code;
        !          4805:           called = cd->start_code;
        !          4806: 
        !          4807:           /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
        !          4808:           referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
        !          4809:           this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
        !          4810:           the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
        !          4811:           now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
        !          4812:           be filled in at the end. */
        !          4813: 
        !          4814:           if (lengthptr == NULL)
        !          4815:             {
        !          4816:             *code = OP_END;
        !          4817:             if (recno != 0) called = find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
        !          4818: 
        !          4819:             /* Forward reference */
        !          4820: 
        !          4821:             if (called == NULL)
        !          4822:               {
        !          4823:               if (find_parens(ptr, cd, NULL, recno,
        !          4824:                     (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) < 0)
        !          4825:                 {
        !          4826:                 *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
        !          4827:                 goto FAILED;
        !          4828:                 }
        !          4829:               called = cd->start_code + recno;
        !          4830:               PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, code + 2 + LINK_SIZE - cd->start_code);
        !          4831:               }
        !          4832: 
        !          4833:             /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
        !          4834:             this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
        !          4835:             recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. */
        !          4836: 
        !          4837:             else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 &&
        !          4838:                      could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
        !          4839:               {
        !          4840:               *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
        !          4841:               goto FAILED;
        !          4842:               }
        !          4843:             }
        !          4844: 
        !          4845:           /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item, automatically wrapped inside
        !          4846:           "once" brackets. Set up a "previous group" length so that a
        !          4847:           subsequent quantifier will work. */
        !          4848: 
        !          4849:           *code = OP_ONCE;
        !          4850:           PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
        !          4851:           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          4852: 
        !          4853:           *code = OP_RECURSE;
        !          4854:           PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
        !          4855:           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          4856: 
        !          4857:           *code = OP_KET;
        !          4858:           PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
        !          4859:           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          4860: 
        !          4861:           length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
        !          4862:           }
        !          4863: 
        !          4864:         /* Can't determine a first byte now */
        !          4865: 
        !          4866:         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          4867:         continue;
        !          4868: 
        !          4869: 
        !          4870:         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
        !          4871:         default:              /* Other characters: check option setting */
        !          4872:         OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
        !          4873:         set = unset = 0;
        !          4874:         optset = &set;
        !          4875: 
        !          4876:         while (*ptr != ')' && *ptr != ':')
        !          4877:           {
        !          4878:           switch (*ptr++)
        !          4879:             {
        !          4880:             case '-': optset = &unset; break;
        !          4881: 
        !          4882:             case 'J':    /* Record that it changed in the external options */
        !          4883:             *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
        !          4884:             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
        !          4885:             break;
        !          4886: 
        !          4887:             case 'i': *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
        !          4888:             case 'm': *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
        !          4889:             case 's': *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
        !          4890:             case 'x': *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
        !          4891:             case 'U': *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
        !          4892:             case 'X': *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
        !          4893: 
        !          4894:             default:  *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
        !          4895:                       ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
        !          4896:                       goto FAILED;
        !          4897:             }
        !          4898:           }
        !          4899: 
        !          4900:         /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
        !          4901: 
        !          4902:         newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
        !          4903: 
        !          4904:         /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
        !          4905:         group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
        !          4906:         item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
        !          4907:         abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
        !          4908:         the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
        !          4909:         caseless checking of required bytes.
        !          4910: 
        !          4911:         If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
        !          4912:         definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
        !          4913:         compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
        !          4914:         that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
        !          4915:         during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
        !          4916:         we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
        !          4917:         any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
        !          4918:         has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
        !          4919:         is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
        !          4920:         both phases.
        !          4921: 
        !          4922:         If we are not at the pattern start, compile code to change the ims
        !          4923:         options if this setting actually changes any of them. We also pass the
        !          4924:         new setting back so that it can be put at the start of any following
        !          4925:         branches, and when this group ends (if we are in a group), a resetting
        !          4926:         item can be compiled. */
        !          4927: 
        !          4928:         if (*ptr == ')')
        !          4929:           {
        !          4930:           if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
        !          4931:                (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
        !          4932:             {
        !          4933:             cd->external_options = newoptions;
        !          4934:             options = newoptions;
        !          4935:             }
        !          4936:          else
        !          4937:             {
        !          4938:             if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
        !          4939:               {
        !          4940:               *code++ = OP_OPT;
        !          4941:               *code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
        !          4942:               }
        !          4943: 
        !          4944:             /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
        !          4945:             in subsequent branches. Reset the greedy defaults and the case
        !          4946:             value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
        !          4947: 
        !          4948:             *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
        !          4949:             greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
        !          4950:             greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
        !          4951:             req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
        !          4952:             }
        !          4953: 
        !          4954:           previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
        !          4955:           continue;              /* It is complete */
        !          4956:           }
        !          4957: 
        !          4958:         /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
        !          4959:         with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
        !          4960:         not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
        !          4961:         the newoptions value is handled below. */
        !          4962: 
        !          4963:         bravalue = OP_BRA;
        !          4964:         ptr++;
        !          4965:         }     /* End of switch for character following (? */
        !          4966:       }       /* End of (? handling */
        !          4967: 
        !          4968:     /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set,
        !          4969:     all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
        !          4970:     brackets. */
        !          4971: 
        !          4972:     else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
        !          4973:       {
        !          4974:       bravalue = OP_BRA;
        !          4975:       }
        !          4976: 
        !          4977:     /* Else we have a capturing group. */
        !          4978: 
        !          4979:     else
        !          4980:       {
        !          4981:       NUMBERED_GROUP:
        !          4982:       cd->bracount += 1;
        !          4983:       PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
        !          4984:       skipbytes = 2;
        !          4985:       }
        !          4986: 
        !          4987:     /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions may not be repeated, but
        !          4988:     other kinds can be. All their opcodes are >= OP_ONCE. We copy code into a
        !          4989:     non-register variable in order to be able to pass its address because some
        !          4990:     compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a new setting for the ims options if
        !          4991:     they have changed. */
        !          4992: 
        !          4993:     previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
        !          4994:     *code = bravalue;
        !          4995:     tempcode = code;
        !          4996:     tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;     /* Save value before bracket */
        !          4997:     length_prevgroup = 0;              /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
        !          4998: 
        !          4999:     if (!compile_regex(
        !          5000:          newoptions,                   /* The complete new option state */
        !          5001:          options & PCRE_IMS,           /* The previous ims option state */
        !          5002:          &tempcode,                    /* Where to put code (updated) */
        !          5003:          &ptr,                         /* Input pointer (updated) */
        !          5004:          errorcodeptr,                 /* Where to put an error message */
        !          5005:          (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
        !          5006:           bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
        !          5007:          reset_bracount,               /* True if (?| group */
        !          5008:          skipbytes,                    /* Skip over bracket number */
        !          5009:          &subfirstbyte,                /* For possible first char */
        !          5010:          &subreqbyte,                  /* For possible last char */
        !          5011:          bcptr,                        /* Current branch chain */
        !          5012:          cd,                           /* Tables block */
        !          5013:          (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :   /* Actual compile phase */
        !          5014:            &length_prevgroup           /* Pre-compile phase */
        !          5015:          ))
        !          5016:       goto FAILED;
        !          5017: 
        !          5018:     /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
        !          5019:     group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
        !          5020:     and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
        !          5021:     is on the bracket. */
        !          5022: 
        !          5023:     /* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
        !          5024:     two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
        !          5025:     in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
        !          5026:     not be available. */
        !          5027: 
        !          5028:     if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
        !          5029:       {
        !          5030:       uschar *tc = code;
        !          5031:       int condcount = 0;
        !          5032: 
        !          5033:       do {
        !          5034:          condcount++;
        !          5035:          tc += GET(tc,1);
        !          5036:          }
        !          5037:       while (*tc != OP_KET);
        !          5038: 
        !          5039:       /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
        !          5040:       false). It must have only one branch. */
        !          5041: 
        !          5042:       if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
        !          5043:         {
        !          5044:         if (condcount > 1)
        !          5045:           {
        !          5046:           *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
        !          5047:           goto FAILED;
        !          5048:           }
        !          5049:         bravalue = OP_DEF;   /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
        !          5050:         }
        !          5051: 
        !          5052:       /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
        !          5053:       make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an
        !          5054:       empty second branch. */
        !          5055: 
        !          5056:       else
        !          5057:         {
        !          5058:         if (condcount > 2)
        !          5059:           {
        !          5060:           *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
        !          5061:           goto FAILED;
        !          5062:           }
        !          5063:         if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5064:         }
        !          5065:       }
        !          5066: 
        !          5067:     /* Error if hit end of pattern */
        !          5068: 
        !          5069:     if (*ptr != ')')
        !          5070:       {
        !          5071:       *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
        !          5072:       goto FAILED;
        !          5073:       }
        !          5074: 
        !          5075:     /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
        !          5076:     less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
        !          5077:     set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
        !          5078:     duplicated by a quantifier.*/
        !          5079: 
        !          5080:     if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          5081:       {
        !          5082:       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
        !          5083:         {
        !          5084:         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
        !          5085:         goto FAILED;
        !          5086:         }
        !          5087:       *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
        !          5088:       *code++ = OP_BRA;
        !          5089:       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
        !          5090:       *code++ = OP_KET;
        !          5091:       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
        !          5092:       break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
        !          5093:       }
        !          5094: 
        !          5095:     /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
        !          5096: 
        !          5097:     code = tempcode;
        !          5098: 
        !          5099:     /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
        !          5100:     relevant. */
        !          5101: 
        !          5102:     if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
        !          5103: 
        !          5104:     /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
        !          5105:     group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
        !          5106:     branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
        !          5107:     zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and
        !          5108:     zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
        !          5109:     back off. */
        !          5110: 
        !          5111:     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          5112:     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          5113:     groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
        !          5114: 
        !          5115:     if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
        !          5116:       {
        !          5117:       /* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
        !          5118:       subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
        !          5119:       than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
        !          5120:       no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
        !          5121:       repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
        !          5122: 
        !          5123:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
        !          5124:         {
        !          5125:         if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
        !          5126:           {
        !          5127:           firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
        !          5128:           groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
        !          5129:           }
        !          5130:         else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5131:         zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5132:         }
        !          5133: 
        !          5134:       /* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
        !          5135:       into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
        !          5136:       existence beforehand. */
        !          5137: 
        !          5138:       else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
        !          5139:         subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
        !          5140: 
        !          5141:       /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
        !          5142:       really the first byte - see above), set it. */
        !          5143: 
        !          5144:       if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
        !          5145:       }
        !          5146: 
        !          5147:     /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
        !          5148:     helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
        !          5149:     char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
        !          5150:     for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
        !          5151:     such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
        !          5152:     of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
        !          5153:     firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
        !          5154: 
        !          5155:     else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
        !          5156:     break;     /* End of processing '(' */
        !          5157: 
        !          5158: 
        !          5159:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          5160:     /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
        !          5161:     are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
        !          5162:     back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
        !          5163:     back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
        !          5164:     We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
        !          5165:     have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
        !          5166: 
        !          5167:     case '\\':
        !          5168:     tempptr = ptr;
        !          5169:     c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
        !          5170:     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
        !          5171: 
        !          5172:     if (c < 0)
        !          5173:       {
        !          5174:       if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
        !          5175:         {
        !          5176:         if (ptr[1] == '\\' && ptr[2] == 'E') ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
        !          5177:           else inescq = TRUE;
        !          5178:         continue;
        !          5179:         }
        !          5180: 
        !          5181:       if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
        !          5182: 
        !          5183:       /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
        !          5184:       setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
        !          5185: 
        !          5186:       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
        !          5187:         firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5188: 
        !          5189:       /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
        !          5190: 
        !          5191:       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          5192:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          5193: 
        !          5194:       /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
        !          5195:       is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
        !          5196:       -ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
        !          5197:       or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
        !          5198:       -ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as
        !          5199:       that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
        !          5200: 
        !          5201:       if (-c == ESC_g)
        !          5202:         {
        !          5203:         const uschar *p;
        !          5204:         save_hwm = cd->hwm;   /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
        !          5205:         terminator = (*(++ptr) == '<')? '>' : '\'';
        !          5206: 
        !          5207:         /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
        !          5208:         unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
        !          5209:         fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
        !          5210:         would actually be in error are never taken. */
        !          5211: 
        !          5212:         skipbytes = 0;
        !          5213:         reset_bracount = FALSE;
        !          5214: 
        !          5215:         /* Test for a name */
        !          5216: 
        !          5217:         if (ptr[1] != '+' && ptr[1] != '-')
        !          5218:           {
        !          5219:           BOOL isnumber = TRUE;
        !          5220:           for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++)
        !          5221:             {
        !          5222:             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) isnumber = FALSE;
        !          5223:             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
        !          5224:             }
        !          5225:           if (*p != terminator)
        !          5226:             {
        !          5227:             *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
        !          5228:             break;
        !          5229:             }
        !          5230:           if (isnumber)
        !          5231:             {
        !          5232:             ptr++;
        !          5233:             goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
        !          5234:             }
        !          5235:           is_recurse = TRUE;
        !          5236:           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
        !          5237:           }
        !          5238: 
        !          5239:         /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
        !          5240: 
        !          5241:         p = ptr + 2;
        !          5242:         while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
        !          5243:         if (*p != terminator)
        !          5244:           {
        !          5245:           *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
        !          5246:           break;
        !          5247:           }
        !          5248:         ptr++;
        !          5249:         goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
        !          5250:         }
        !          5251: 
        !          5252:       /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
        !          5253:       We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax) */
        !          5254: 
        !          5255:       if (-c == ESC_k && (ptr[1] == '<' || ptr[1] == '\'' || ptr[1] == '{'))
        !          5256:         {
        !          5257:         is_recurse = FALSE;
        !          5258:         terminator = (*(++ptr) == '<')? '>' : (*ptr == '\'')? '\'' : '}';
        !          5259:         goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
        !          5260:         }
        !          5261: 
        !          5262:       /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if
        !          5263:       not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
        !          5264:       ':' later. */
        !          5265: 
        !          5266:       if (-c >= ESC_REF)
        !          5267:         {
        !          5268:         recno = -c - ESC_REF;
        !          5269: 
        !          5270:         HANDLE_REFERENCE:    /* Come here from named backref handling */
        !          5271:         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5272:         previous = code;
        !          5273:         *code++ = OP_REF;
        !          5274:         PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
        !          5275:         cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
        !          5276:         if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
        !          5277:         }
        !          5278: 
        !          5279:       /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
        !          5280: 
        !          5281: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
        !          5282:       else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
        !          5283:         {
        !          5284:         BOOL negated;
        !          5285:         int pdata;
        !          5286:         int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
        !          5287:         if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
        !          5288:         previous = code;
        !          5289:         *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
        !          5290:         *code++ = ptype;
        !          5291:         *code++ = pdata;
        !          5292:         }
        !          5293: #else
        !          5294: 
        !          5295:       /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
        !          5296:       allowed. */
        !          5297: 
        !          5298:       else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
        !          5299:         {
        !          5300:         *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
        !          5301:         goto FAILED;
        !          5302:         }
        !          5303: #endif
        !          5304: 
        !          5305:       /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
        !          5306:       can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value. */
        !          5307: 
        !          5308:       else
        !          5309:         {
        !          5310:         previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
        !          5311:         *code++ = -c;
        !          5312:         }
        !          5313:       continue;
        !          5314:       }
        !          5315: 
        !          5316:     /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
        !          5317:     a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
        !          5318:     handle it as a data character. */
        !          5319: 
        !          5320: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          5321:     if (utf8 && c > 127)
        !          5322:       mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
        !          5323:     else
        !          5324: #endif
        !          5325: 
        !          5326:      {
        !          5327:      mcbuffer[0] = c;
        !          5328:      mclength = 1;
        !          5329:      }
        !          5330:     goto ONE_CHAR;
        !          5331: 
        !          5332: 
        !          5333:     /* ===================================================================*/
        !          5334:     /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
        !          5335:     when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
        !          5336:     multi-byte literal character. */
        !          5337: 
        !          5338:     default:
        !          5339:     NORMAL_CHAR:
        !          5340:     mclength = 1;
        !          5341:     mcbuffer[0] = c;
        !          5342: 
        !          5343: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          5344:     if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0)
        !          5345:       {
        !          5346:       while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
        !          5347:         mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
        !          5348:       }
        !          5349: #endif
        !          5350: 
        !          5351:     /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
        !          5352:     in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
        !          5353: 
        !          5354:     ONE_CHAR:
        !          5355:     previous = code;
        !          5356:     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
        !          5357:     for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
        !          5358: 
        !          5359:     /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
        !          5360: 
        !          5361:     if (mcbuffer[0] == '\r' || mcbuffer[0] == '\n')
        !          5362:       cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
        !          5363: 
        !          5364:     /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
        !          5365:     byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
        !          5366:     Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
        !          5367:     repeat. */
        !          5368: 
        !          5369:     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
        !          5370:       {
        !          5371:       zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5372:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          5373: 
        !          5374:       /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
        !          5375:       only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
        !          5376: 
        !          5377:       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
        !          5378:         {
        !          5379:         firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
        !          5380:         if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
        !          5381:         }
        !          5382:       else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5383:       }
        !          5384: 
        !          5385:     /* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
        !          5386:     1 or the matching is caseful. */
        !          5387: 
        !          5388:     else
        !          5389:       {
        !          5390:       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
        !          5391:       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
        !          5392:       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
        !          5393:         reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
        !          5394:       }
        !          5395: 
        !          5396:     break;            /* End of literal character handling */
        !          5397:     }
        !          5398:   }                   /* end of big loop */
        !          5399: 
        !          5400: 
        !          5401: /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
        !          5402: error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
        !          5403: to the user for diagnosing the error. */
        !          5404: 
        !          5405: FAILED:
        !          5406: *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          5407: return FALSE;
        !          5408: }
        !          5409: 
        !          5410: 
        !          5411: 
        !          5412: 
        !          5413: /*************************************************
        !          5414: *     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
        !          5415: *************************************************/
        !          5416: 
        !          5417: /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
        !          5418: points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
        !          5419: variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
        !          5420: If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or during any
        !          5421: branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every following branch
        !          5422: to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass the new options
        !          5423: into every subsequent branch compile.
        !          5424: 
        !          5425: This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
        !          5426: out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
        !          5427: value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
        !          5428: 
        !          5429: Arguments:
        !          5430:   options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
        !          5431:   oldims         previous settings of ims option bits
        !          5432:   codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
        !          5433:   ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
        !          5434:   errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
        !          5435:   lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
        !          5436:   reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
        !          5437:   skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
        !          5438:   firstbyteptr   place to put the first required character, or a negative number
        !          5439:   reqbyteptr     place to put the last required character, or a negative number
        !          5440:   bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
        !          5441:   cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
        !          5442:   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
        !          5443:                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
        !          5444: 
        !          5445: Returns:         TRUE on success
        !          5446: */
        !          5447: 
        !          5448: static BOOL
        !          5449: compile_regex(int options, int oldims, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
        !          5450:   int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
        !          5451:   int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd,
        !          5452:   int *lengthptr)
        !          5453: {
        !          5454: const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
        !          5455: uschar *code = *codeptr;
        !          5456: uschar *last_branch = code;
        !          5457: uschar *start_bracket = code;
        !          5458: uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
        !          5459: int firstbyte, reqbyte;
        !          5460: int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
        !          5461: int length;
        !          5462: int orig_bracount;
        !          5463: int max_bracount;
        !          5464: branch_chain bc;
        !          5465: 
        !          5466: bc.outer = bcptr;
        !          5467: bc.current = code;
        !          5468: 
        !          5469: firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
        !          5470: 
        !          5471: /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
        !          5472: length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
        !          5473: beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
        !          5474: lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
        !          5475: start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
        !          5476: the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
        !          5477: 
        !          5478: length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
        !          5479: 
        !          5480: /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
        !          5481: the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
        !          5482: them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
        !          5483: pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
        !          5484: 
        !          5485: /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
        !          5486: 
        !          5487: PUT(code, 1, 0);
        !          5488: code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
        !          5489: 
        !          5490: /* Loop for each alternative branch */
        !          5491: 
        !          5492: orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
        !          5493: for (;;)
        !          5494:   {
        !          5495:   /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
        !          5496:   uses the same numbers. */
        !          5497: 
        !          5498:   if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
        !          5499: 
        !          5500:   /* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
        !          5501: 
        !          5502:   if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
        !          5503:     {
        !          5504:     *code++ = OP_OPT;
        !          5505:     *code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
        !          5506:     length += 2;
        !          5507:     }
        !          5508: 
        !          5509:   /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
        !          5510: 
        !          5511:   if (lookbehind)
        !          5512:     {
        !          5513:     *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
        !          5514:     reverse_count = code;
        !          5515:     PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
        !          5516:     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          5517:     }
        !          5518: 
        !          5519:   /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
        !          5520:   into the length. */
        !          5521: 
        !          5522:   if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstbyte,
        !          5523:         &branchreqbyte, &bc, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
        !          5524:     {
        !          5525:     *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          5526:     return FALSE;
        !          5527:     }
        !          5528: 
        !          5529:   /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
        !          5530:   has fewer than the rest. */
        !          5531: 
        !          5532:   if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
        !          5533: 
        !          5534:   /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
        !          5535: 
        !          5536:   if (lengthptr == NULL)
        !          5537:     {
        !          5538:     /* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
        !          5539:     branch become the values for the regex. */
        !          5540: 
        !          5541:     if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
        !          5542:       {
        !          5543:       firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
        !          5544:       reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
        !          5545:       }
        !          5546: 
        !          5547:     /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
        !          5548:     match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
        !          5549:     previous value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
        !          5550:     and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
        !          5551: 
        !          5552:     else
        !          5553:       {
        !          5554:       /* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
        !          5555:       we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was
        !          5556:       previously no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
        !          5557: 
        !          5558:       if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
        !          5559:         {
        !          5560:         if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
        !          5561:         firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5562:         }
        !          5563: 
        !          5564:       /* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
        !          5565:       branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
        !          5566: 
        !          5567:       if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
        !          5568:           branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
        !          5569: 
        !          5570:       /* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
        !          5571: 
        !          5572:       if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
        !          5573:         reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
        !          5574:       else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte;   /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
        !          5575:       }
        !          5576: 
        !          5577:     /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
        !          5578:     put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
        !          5579:     branch with OP_END. */
        !          5580: 
        !          5581:     if (lookbehind)
        !          5582:       {
        !          5583:       int fixed_length;
        !          5584:       *code = OP_END;
        !          5585:       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
        !          5586:       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
        !          5587:       if (fixed_length < 0)
        !          5588:         {
        !          5589:         *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
        !          5590:         *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          5591:         return FALSE;
        !          5592:         }
        !          5593:       PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
        !          5594:       }
        !          5595:     }
        !          5596: 
        !          5597:   /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
        !          5598:   compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
        !          5599:   of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
        !          5600:   first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
        !          5601:   group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
        !          5602:   bracketed item. If any of the ims options were changed inside the group,
        !          5603:   compile a resetting op-code following, except at the very end of the pattern.
        !          5604:   Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
        !          5605: 
        !          5606:   if (*ptr != '|')
        !          5607:     {
        !          5608:     if (lengthptr == NULL)
        !          5609:       {
        !          5610:       int branch_length = code - last_branch;
        !          5611:       do
        !          5612:         {
        !          5613:         int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
        !          5614:         PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
        !          5615:         branch_length = prev_length;
        !          5616:         last_branch -= branch_length;
        !          5617:         }
        !          5618:       while (branch_length > 0);
        !          5619:       }
        !          5620: 
        !          5621:     /* Fill in the ket */
        !          5622: 
        !          5623:     *code = OP_KET;
        !          5624:     PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
        !          5625:     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          5626: 
        !          5627:     /* Resetting option if needed */
        !          5628: 
        !          5629:     if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == ')')
        !          5630:       {
        !          5631:       *code++ = OP_OPT;
        !          5632:       *code++ = oldims;
        !          5633:       length += 2;
        !          5634:       }
        !          5635: 
        !          5636:     /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
        !          5637: 
        !          5638:     cd->bracount = max_bracount;
        !          5639: 
        !          5640:     /* Set values to pass back */
        !          5641: 
        !          5642:     *codeptr = code;
        !          5643:     *ptrptr = ptr;
        !          5644:     *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
        !          5645:     *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
        !          5646:     if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          5647:       {
        !          5648:       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
        !          5649:         {
        !          5650:         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
        !          5651:         return FALSE;
        !          5652:         }
        !          5653:       *lengthptr += length;
        !          5654:       }
        !          5655:     return TRUE;
        !          5656:     }
        !          5657: 
        !          5658:   /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
        !          5659:   pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
        !          5660:   pretend that each branch is the only one.)
        !          5661: 
        !          5662:   In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
        !          5663:   to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
        !          5664:   is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
        !          5665:   zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
        !          5666: 
        !          5667:   if (lengthptr != NULL)
        !          5668:     {
        !          5669:     code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
        !          5670:     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          5671:     }
        !          5672:   else
        !          5673:     {
        !          5674:     *code = OP_ALT;
        !          5675:     PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
        !          5676:     bc.current = last_branch = code;
        !          5677:     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
        !          5678:     }
        !          5679: 
        !          5680:   ptr++;
        !          5681:   }
        !          5682: /* Control never reaches here */
        !          5683: }
        !          5684: 
        !          5685: 
        !          5686: 
        !          5687: 
        !          5688: /*************************************************
        !          5689: *          Check for anchored expression         *
        !          5690: *************************************************/
        !          5691: 
        !          5692: /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
        !          5693: alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
        !          5694: all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
        !          5695: it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
        !          5696: counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
        !          5697: 
        !          5698: We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
        !          5699: This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
        !          5700: into account the match offset".
        !          5701: 
        !          5702: A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
        !          5703: because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
        !          5704: so there is no point trying again.... er ....
        !          5705: 
        !          5706: .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
        !          5707: subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
        !          5708: to catch that case precisely.
        !          5709: 
        !          5710: At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
        !          5711: and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
        !          5712: However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
        !          5713: of the more common cases more precisely.
        !          5714: 
        !          5715: Arguments:
        !          5716:   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
        !          5717:   options        points to the options setting
        !          5718:   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
        !          5719:                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
        !          5720:                   the less precise approach
        !          5721:   backref_map    the back reference bitmap
        !          5722: 
        !          5723: Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
        !          5724: */
        !          5725: 
        !          5726: static BOOL
        !          5727: is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
        !          5728:   unsigned int backref_map)
        !          5729: {
        !          5730: do {
        !          5731:    const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
        !          5732:      options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
        !          5733:    register int op = *scode;
        !          5734: 
        !          5735:    /* Non-capturing brackets */
        !          5736: 
        !          5737:    if (op == OP_BRA)
        !          5738:      {
        !          5739:      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          5740:      }
        !          5741: 
        !          5742:    /* Capturing brackets */
        !          5743: 
        !          5744:    else if (op == OP_CBRA)
        !          5745:      {
        !          5746:      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
        !          5747:      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
        !          5748:      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          5749:      }
        !          5750: 
        !          5751:    /* Other brackets */
        !          5752: 
        !          5753:    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
        !          5754:      {
        !          5755:      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          5756:      }
        !          5757: 
        !          5758:    /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
        !          5759:    it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced. */
        !          5760: 
        !          5761:    else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
        !          5762:              op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
        !          5763:      {
        !          5764:      if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0)
        !          5765:        return FALSE;
        !          5766:      }
        !          5767: 
        !          5768:    /* Check for explicit anchoring */
        !          5769: 
        !          5770:    else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
        !          5771:            ((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
        !          5772:      return FALSE;
        !          5773:    code += GET(code, 1);
        !          5774:    }
        !          5775: while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
        !          5776: return TRUE;
        !          5777: }
        !          5778: 
        !          5779: 
        !          5780: 
        !          5781: /*************************************************
        !          5782: *         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
        !          5783: *************************************************/
        !          5784: 
        !          5785: /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
        !          5786: "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
        !          5787: matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
        !          5788: the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
        !          5789: have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
        !          5790: because in that case we can't make the assumption.
        !          5791: 
        !          5792: Arguments:
        !          5793:   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
        !          5794:   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
        !          5795:                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
        !          5796:                   the less precise approach
        !          5797:   backref_map    the back reference bitmap
        !          5798: 
        !          5799: Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
        !          5800: */
        !          5801: 
        !          5802: static BOOL
        !          5803: is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
        !          5804:   unsigned int backref_map)
        !          5805: {
        !          5806: do {
        !          5807:    const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
        !          5808:      NULL, 0, FALSE);
        !          5809:    register int op = *scode;
        !          5810: 
        !          5811:    /* Non-capturing brackets */
        !          5812: 
        !          5813:    if (op == OP_BRA)
        !          5814:      {
        !          5815:      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          5816:      }
        !          5817: 
        !          5818:    /* Capturing brackets */
        !          5819: 
        !          5820:    else if (op == OP_CBRA)
        !          5821:      {
        !          5822:      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
        !          5823:      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
        !          5824:      if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
        !          5825:      }
        !          5826: 
        !          5827:    /* Other brackets */
        !          5828: 
        !          5829:    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
        !          5830:      { if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE; }
        !          5831: 
        !          5832:    /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
        !          5833:    may be referenced. */
        !          5834: 
        !          5835:    else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
        !          5836:      {
        !          5837:      if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
        !          5838:      }
        !          5839: 
        !          5840:    /* Check for explicit circumflex */
        !          5841: 
        !          5842:    else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
        !          5843: 
        !          5844:    /* Move on to the next alternative */
        !          5845: 
        !          5846:    code += GET(code, 1);
        !          5847:    }
        !          5848: while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
        !          5849: return TRUE;
        !          5850: }
        !          5851: 
        !          5852: 
        !          5853: 
        !          5854: /*************************************************
        !          5855: *       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
        !          5856: *************************************************/
        !          5857: 
        !          5858: /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
        !          5859: discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
        !          5860: However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
        !          5861: it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
        !          5862: char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
        !          5863: of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
        !          5864: we return that char, otherwise -1.
        !          5865: 
        !          5866: Arguments:
        !          5867:   code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
        !          5868:   options    pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
        !          5869:   inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
        !          5870: 
        !          5871: Returns:     -1 or the fixed first char
        !          5872: */
        !          5873: 
        !          5874: static int
        !          5875: find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
        !          5876: {
        !          5877: register int c = -1;
        !          5878: do {
        !          5879:    int d;
        !          5880:    const uschar *scode =
        !          5881:      first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
        !          5882:    register int op = *scode;
        !          5883: 
        !          5884:    switch(op)
        !          5885:      {
        !          5886:      default:
        !          5887:      return -1;
        !          5888: 
        !          5889:      case OP_BRA:
        !          5890:      case OP_CBRA:
        !          5891:      case OP_ASSERT:
        !          5892:      case OP_ONCE:
        !          5893:      case OP_COND:
        !          5894:      if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
        !          5895:        return -1;
        !          5896:      if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
        !          5897:      break;
        !          5898: 
        !          5899:      case OP_EXACT:       /* Fall through */
        !          5900:      scode += 2;
        !          5901: 
        !          5902:      case OP_CHAR:
        !          5903:      case OP_CHARNC:
        !          5904:      case OP_PLUS:
        !          5905:      case OP_MINPLUS:
        !          5906:      case OP_POSPLUS:
        !          5907:      if (!inassert) return -1;
        !          5908:      if (c < 0)
        !          5909:        {
        !          5910:        c = scode[1];
        !          5911:        if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
        !          5912:        }
        !          5913:      else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
        !          5914:      break;
        !          5915:      }
        !          5916: 
        !          5917:    code += GET(code, 1);
        !          5918:    }
        !          5919: while (*code == OP_ALT);
        !          5920: return c;
        !          5921: }
        !          5922: 
        !          5923: 
        !          5924: 
        !          5925: /*************************************************
        !          5926: *        Compile a Regular Expression            *
        !          5927: *************************************************/
        !          5928: 
        !          5929: /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
        !          5930: holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
        !          5931: function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
        !          5932: compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
        !          5933: 
        !          5934: Arguments:
        !          5935:   pattern       the regular expression
        !          5936:   options       various option bits
        !          5937:   errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
        !          5938:                   can be NULL if you don't want a code value
        !          5939:   errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
        !          5940:   erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
        !          5941:   tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
        !          5942: 
        !          5943: Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
        !          5944:                 with errorptr and erroroffset set
        !          5945: */
        !          5946: 
        !          5947: PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre *
        !          5948: pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
        !          5949:   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
        !          5950: {
        !          5951: return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
        !          5952: }
        !          5953: 
        !          5954: 
        !          5955: PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre *
        !          5956: pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
        !          5957:   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
        !          5958: {
        !          5959: real_pcre *re;
        !          5960: int length = 1;  /* For final END opcode */
        !          5961: int firstbyte, reqbyte, newline;
        !          5962: int errorcode = 0;
        !          5963: int skipatstart = 0;
        !          5964: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          5965: BOOL utf8;
        !          5966: #endif
        !          5967: size_t size;
        !          5968: uschar *code;
        !          5969: const uschar *codestart;
        !          5970: const uschar *ptr;
        !          5971: compile_data compile_block;
        !          5972: compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
        !          5973: 
        !          5974: /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
        !          5975: computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
        !          5976: as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
        !          5977: this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
        !          5978: to fill in forward references to subpatterns. */
        !          5979: 
        !          5980: uschar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
        !          5981: 
        !          5982: /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
        !          5983: 
        !          5984: ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
        !          5985: 
        !          5986: /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
        !          5987: can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
        !          5988: pointer. */
        !          5989: 
        !          5990: if (errorptr == NULL)
        !          5991:   {
        !          5992:   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
        !          5993:   return NULL;
        !          5994:   }
        !          5995: 
        !          5996: *errorptr = NULL;
        !          5997: if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
        !          5998: 
        !          5999: /* However, we can give a message for this error */
        !          6000: 
        !          6001: if (erroroffset == NULL)
        !          6002:   {
        !          6003:   errorcode = ERR16;
        !          6004:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
        !          6005:   }
        !          6006: 
        !          6007: *erroroffset = 0;
        !          6008: 
        !          6009: /* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
        !          6010: 
        !          6011: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
        !          6012: utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
        !          6013: if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
        !          6014:      (*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
        !          6015:   {
        !          6016:   errorcode = ERR44;
        !          6017:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
        !          6018:   }
        !          6019: #else
        !          6020: if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
        !          6021:   {
        !          6022:   errorcode = ERR32;
        !          6023:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6024:   }
        !          6025: #endif
        !          6026: 
        !          6027: if ((options & ~PUBLIC_OPTIONS) != 0)
        !          6028:   {
        !          6029:   errorcode = ERR17;
        !          6030:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6031:   }
        !          6032: 
        !          6033: /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
        !          6034: 
        !          6035: if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
        !          6036: cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
        !          6037: cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
        !          6038: cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
        !          6039: cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
        !          6040: 
        !          6041: /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
        !          6042: the offset for later. */
        !          6043: 
        !          6044: while (ptr[skipatstart] == '(' && ptr[skipatstart+1] == '*')
        !          6045:   {
        !          6046:   int newnl = 0;
        !          6047:   int newbsr = 0;
        !          6048: 
        !          6049:   if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "CR)", 3) == 0)
        !          6050:     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
        !          6051:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "LF)", 3)  == 0)
        !          6052:     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
        !          6053:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "CRLF)", 5)  == 0)
        !          6054:     { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
        !          6055:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "ANY)", 4) == 0)
        !          6056:     { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
        !          6057:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "ANYCRLF)", 8)  == 0)
        !          6058:     { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
        !          6059: 
        !          6060:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "BSR_ANYCRLF)", 12) == 0)
        !          6061:     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
        !          6062:   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), "BSR_UNICODE)", 12) == 0)
        !          6063:     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
        !          6064: 
        !          6065:   if (newnl != 0)
        !          6066:     options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
        !          6067:   else if (newbsr != 0)
        !          6068:     options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
        !          6069:   else break;
        !          6070:   }
        !          6071: 
        !          6072: /* Check validity of \R options. */
        !          6073: 
        !          6074: switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
        !          6075:   {
        !          6076:   case 0:
        !          6077:   case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF:
        !          6078:   case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE:
        !          6079:   break;
        !          6080:   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6081:   }
        !          6082: 
        !          6083: /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
        !          6084: current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
        !          6085: "anycrlf". */
        !          6086: 
        !          6087: switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
        !          6088:   {
        !          6089:   case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break;   /* Build-time default */
        !          6090:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = '\r'; break;
        !          6091:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = '\n'; break;
        !          6092:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
        !          6093:        PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = ('\r' << 8) | '\n'; break;
        !          6094:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
        !          6095:   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
        !          6096:   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6097:   }
        !          6098: 
        !          6099: if (newline == -2)
        !          6100:   {
        !          6101:   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
        !          6102:   }
        !          6103: else if (newline < 0)
        !          6104:   {
        !          6105:   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
        !          6106:   }
        !          6107: else
        !          6108:   {
        !          6109:   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
        !          6110:   if (newline > 255)
        !          6111:     {
        !          6112:     cd->nllen = 2;
        !          6113:     cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
        !          6114:     cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
        !          6115:     }
        !          6116:   else
        !          6117:     {
        !          6118:     cd->nllen = 1;
        !          6119:     cd->nl[0] = newline;
        !          6120:     }
        !          6121:   }
        !          6122: 
        !          6123: /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
        !          6124: references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
        !          6125: */
        !          6126: 
        !          6127: cd->top_backref = 0;
        !          6128: cd->backref_map = 0;
        !          6129: 
        !          6130: /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
        !          6131: 
        !          6132: DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
        !          6133: DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
        !          6134: 
        !          6135: /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
        !          6136: of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
        !          6137: argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
        !          6138: to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
        !          6139: no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
        !          6140: is a test for its doing so. */
        !          6141: 
        !          6142: cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
        !          6143: cd->names_found = 0;
        !          6144: cd->name_entry_size = 0;
        !          6145: cd->name_table = NULL;
        !          6146: cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
        !          6147: cd->start_code = cworkspace;
        !          6148: cd->hwm = cworkspace;
        !          6149: cd->start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
        !          6150: cd->end_pattern = (const uschar *)(pattern + strlen(pattern));
        !          6151: cd->req_varyopt = 0;
        !          6152: cd->external_options = options;
        !          6153: cd->external_flags = 0;
        !          6154: 
        !          6155: /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
        !          6156: don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
        !          6157: been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
        !          6158: found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
        !          6159: outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
        !          6160: 
        !          6161: ptr += skipatstart;
        !          6162: code = cworkspace;
        !          6163: *code = OP_BRA;
        !          6164: (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS,
        !          6165:   &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd,
        !          6166:   &length);
        !          6167: if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6168: 
        !          6169: DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
        !          6170:   cd->hwm - cworkspace));
        !          6171: 
        !          6172: if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
        !          6173:   {
        !          6174:   errorcode = ERR20;
        !          6175:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6176:   }
        !          6177: 
        !          6178: /* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
        !          6179: externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
        !          6180: because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
        !          6181: cd->name_entry_size. */
        !          6182: 
        !          6183: size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + cd->names_found * (cd->name_entry_size + 3);
        !          6184: re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
        !          6185: 
        !          6186: if (re == NULL)
        !          6187:   {
        !          6188:   errorcode = ERR21;
        !          6189:   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
        !          6190:   }
        !          6191: 
        !          6192: /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
        !          6193: flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
        !          6194: tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
        !          6195: regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
        !          6196: pointers. */
        !          6197: 
        !          6198: re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
        !          6199: re->size = size;
        !          6200: re->options = cd->external_options;
        !          6201: re->flags = cd->external_flags;
        !          6202: re->dummy1 = 0;
        !          6203: re->first_byte = 0;
        !          6204: re->req_byte = 0;
        !          6205: re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
        !          6206: re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
        !          6207: re->name_count = cd->names_found;
        !          6208: re->ref_count = 0;
        !          6209: re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
        !          6210: re->nullpad = NULL;
        !          6211: 
        !          6212: /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
        !          6213: passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
        !          6214: options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
        !          6215: field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
        !          6216: field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
        !          6217: */
        !          6218: 
        !          6219: cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount;  /* Save for checking forward references */
        !          6220: cd->bracount = 0;
        !          6221: cd->names_found = 0;
        !          6222: cd->name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
        !          6223: codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
        !          6224: cd->start_code = codestart;
        !          6225: cd->hwm = cworkspace;
        !          6226: cd->req_varyopt = 0;
        !          6227: cd->had_accept = FALSE;
        !          6228: 
        !          6229: /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
        !          6230: error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
        !          6231: of the function here. */
        !          6232: 
        !          6233: ptr = (const uschar *)pattern + skipatstart;
        !          6234: code = (uschar *)codestart;
        !          6235: *code = OP_BRA;
        !          6236: (void)compile_regex(re->options, re->options & PCRE_IMS, &code, &ptr,
        !          6237:   &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd, NULL);
        !          6238: re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
        !          6239: re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
        !          6240: re->flags = cd->external_flags;
        !          6241: 
        !          6242: if (cd->had_accept) reqbyte = -1;   /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
        !          6243: 
        !          6244: /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
        !          6245: 
        !          6246: if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
        !          6247: 
        !          6248: /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
        !          6249: if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
        !          6250: 
        !          6251: *code++ = OP_END;
        !          6252: 
        !          6253: #ifndef DEBUG
        !          6254: if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
        !          6255: #endif
        !          6256: 
        !          6257: /* Fill in any forward references that are required. */
        !          6258: 
        !          6259: while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cworkspace)
        !          6260:   {
        !          6261:   int offset, recno;
        !          6262:   const uschar *groupptr;
        !          6263:   cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
        !          6264:   offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
        !          6265:   recno = GET(codestart, offset);
        !          6266:   groupptr = find_bracket(codestart, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, recno);
        !          6267:   if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
        !          6268:     else PUT(((uschar *)codestart), offset, groupptr - codestart);
        !          6269:   }
        !          6270: 
        !          6271: /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
        !          6272: subpattern. */
        !          6273: 
        !          6274: if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
        !          6275: 
        !          6276: /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
        !          6277: 
        !          6278: if (errorcode != 0)
        !          6279:   {
        !          6280:   (pcre_free)(re);
        !          6281:   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
        !          6282:   *erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
        !          6283:   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
        !          6284:   *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
        !          6285:   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
        !          6286:   return NULL;
        !          6287:   }
        !          6288: 
        !          6289: /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
        !          6290: the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
        !          6291: as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
        !          6292: 
        !          6293: Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
        !          6294: speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
        !          6295: PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
        !          6296: start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
        !          6297: */
        !          6298: 
        !          6299: if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
        !          6300:   {
        !          6301:   int temp_options = re->options;   /* May get changed during these scans */
        !          6302:   if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, cd->backref_map))
        !          6303:     re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
        !          6304:   else
        !          6305:     {
        !          6306:     if (firstbyte < 0)
        !          6307:       firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
        !          6308:     if (firstbyte >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
        !          6309:       {
        !          6310:       int ch = firstbyte & 255;
        !          6311:       re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
        !          6312:          cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
        !          6313:       re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
        !          6314:       }
        !          6315:     else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map))
        !          6316:       re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
        !          6317:     }
        !          6318:   }
        !          6319: 
        !          6320: /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
        !          6321: variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
        !          6322: bytes. */
        !          6323: 
        !          6324: if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
        !          6325:      ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
        !          6326:   {
        !          6327:   int ch = reqbyte & 255;
        !          6328:   re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
        !          6329:     cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
        !          6330:   re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
        !          6331:   }
        !          6332: 
        !          6333: /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
        !          6334: case when building a production library. */
        !          6335: 
        !          6336: #ifdef DEBUG
        !          6337: 
        !          6338: printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
        !          6339:   length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
        !          6340: 
        !          6341: printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
        !          6342: 
        !          6343: if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
        !          6344:   {
        !          6345:   int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
        !          6346:   const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
        !          6347:     "" : " (caseless)";
        !          6348:   if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
        !          6349:     else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
        !          6350:   }
        !          6351: 
        !          6352: if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
        !          6353:   {
        !          6354:   int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
        !          6355:   const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
        !          6356:     "" : " (caseless)";
        !          6357:   if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
        !          6358:     else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
        !          6359:   }
        !          6360: 
        !          6361: pcre_printint(re, stdout, TRUE);
        !          6362: 
        !          6363: /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
        !          6364: was compiled can be seen. */
        !          6365: 
        !          6366: if (code - codestart > length)
        !          6367:   {
        !          6368:   (pcre_free)(re);
        !          6369:   *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
        !          6370:   *erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
        !          6371:   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
        !          6372:   return NULL;
        !          6373:   }
        !          6374: #endif   /* DEBUG */
        !          6375: 
        !          6376: return (pcre *)re;
        !          6377: }
        !          6378: 
        !          6379: /* End of pcre_compile.c */

E-mail: